Version 1.29

* src/names.c (new_name): rename to make_file_name. All uses changed.

.cvsignore

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-config
-configure
-aclocal.m4
-ABOUT-NLS
-autom4te.cache
-config.hin
-COPYING
-INSTALL
-Makefile.in
-config.log
-config.status
-Makefile
-config.h
-stamp-h1
-*.tar
-*.tar.gz
-*.tar.bz2
-*.shar.gz
-gnulib
-gnulib/*
-gnulib/*/*
-rmt
-rmt/*
-rmt/*/*

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,30 @@
+*.a
+*.la
+*.lo
+*.o
+*.so
+*~
+.bootstrap
+.deps
+.emacs*
+.libs
+ABOUT-NLS
+ChangeLog
+INSTALL
+Make.rules
+Makefile
+Makefile.in
+aclocal.m4
+autom4te.cache
+build-aux
+build-aux/
+config.h
+config.h.in
+config.log
+config.status
+configure
+gnu
+libtool
+m4
+rmt
+stamp-h1

.gitmodules

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+[submodule "gnulib"]
+	path = gnulib
+	url = git://git.sv.gnu.org/gnulib.git
+[submodule "paxutils"]
+	path = paxutils
+	url = git://git.sv.gnu.org/paxutils.git

AUTHORS

@@ -1,34 +1,15 @@
 Authors of GNU tar.
 
-The following contributions warranted legal paper exchanges with the
-Free Software Foundation.  Also see files ChangeLog and THANKS.
+Public domain tar was written by John Gilmore, with contributions from
+Henry Spencer, Fred Fish, Ian Darwin, Geoff Collyer, Stan Barber, Guy
+Harris, Dave Brower, Richard Todd, Michael Rendell, Stu Heiss, and
+Rich Salz.
 
-TAR     Sergey Poznyakoff 2003-10
-Assigns his past and future changes.
+The FSF version, named GNU tar, was derived from public domain tar by
+Jay Fenlason and Joy Kendall.  Amy Gorin and Melissa Weisshaus
+contributed to the manual.  GNU tar has been maintained in turn by
+Thomas Bushnell BSG, François Pinard, Paul Eggert, and Sergey
+Poznyakoff.
 
-TAR	Paul Eggert	2000-10
-Assigns his past and future changes.
-
-TAR     Jay Fenlason
-Assigns his changes.
-
-TAR     Richard E Salz          1993-03-11
-Disclaims changes to getdate.y.
-
-TAR MANUAL (?)	Amy Gorin	(US 1963)	1995-01-10
-Assigns the Tar Manual.
-
-TAR	Francois Pinard	Canada 1949	1996-02-01
-Assigns past and future changes.
-
-TAR	Melissa Weisshaus	US 1966	1997-04-09
-Assigns changes to the manual and future changes.
-melissa@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-
-TAR	Thomas Michael Innis Bushnell	US 1967	1997-04-09
-Assigns changes.
-thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
-
-TAR	Thomas Michael Innis Bushnell	US 1967	1997-04-09
-Assigns changes to manual.
-thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu
+Many others have contributed to GNU tar; please see the files THANKS
+and ChangeLog.

COPYING

@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
+                    GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
+                       Version 3, 29 June 2007
+
+ Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <http://fsf.org/>
+ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
+ of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
+
+                            Preamble
+
+  The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
+software and other kinds of works.
+
+  The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
+to take away your freedom to share and change the works.  By contrast,
+the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
+share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
+software for all its users.  We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
+GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
+any other work released this way by its authors.  You can apply it to
+your programs, too.
+
+  When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
+price.  Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
+have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
+them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
+want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
+free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
+
+  To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
+these rights or asking you to surrender the rights.  Therefore, you have
+certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
+you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
+
+  For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
+gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
+freedoms that you received.  You must make sure that they, too, receive
+or can get the source code.  And you must show them these terms so they
+know their rights.
+
+  Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
+(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
+giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
+
+  For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
+that there is no warranty for this free software.  For both users' and
+authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
+changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
+authors of previous versions.
+
+  Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
+modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
+can do so.  This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
+protecting users' freedom to change the software.  The systematic
+pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
+use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable.  Therefore, we
+have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
+products.  If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
+stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
+of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
+
+  Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
+States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
+software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
+avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
+make it effectively proprietary.  To prevent this, the GPL assures that
+patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
+
+  The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
+modification follow.
+
+                       TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+  0. Definitions.
+
+  "This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
+
+  "Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
+works, such as semiconductor masks.
+
+  "The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
+License.  Each licensee is addressed as "you".  "Licensees" and
+"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
+
+  To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
+in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
+exact copy.  The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
+earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
+
+  A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
+on the Program.
+
+  To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
+permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
+infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
+computer or modifying a private copy.  Propagation includes copying,
+distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
+public, and in some countries other activities as well.
+
+  To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
+parties to make or receive copies.  Mere interaction with a user through
+a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
+
+  An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
+to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
+feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
+tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
+extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
+work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License.  If
+the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
+menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
+
+  1. Source Code.
+
+  The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
+for making modifications to it.  "Object code" means any non-source
+form of a work.
+
+  A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
+standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
+interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
+is widely used among developers working in that language.
+
+  The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
+than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
+packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
+Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
+Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
+implementation is available to the public in source code form.  A
+"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
+(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
+(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
+produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
+
+  The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
+the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
+work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
+control those activities.  However, it does not include the work's
+System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
+programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
+which are not part of the work.  For example, Corresponding Source
+includes interface definition files associated with source files for
+the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
+linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
+such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
+subprograms and other parts of the work.
+
+  The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
+can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
+Source.
+
+  The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
+same work.
+
+  2. Basic Permissions.
+
+  All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
+copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
+conditions are met.  This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
+permission to run the unmodified Program.  The output from running a
+covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
+content, constitutes a covered work.  This License acknowledges your
+rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
+
+  You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
+convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
+in force.  You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
+of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
+with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
+the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
+not control copyright.  Those thus making or running the covered works
+for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
+and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
+your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
+
+  Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
+the conditions stated below.  Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
+makes it unnecessary.
+
+  3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
+
+  No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
+measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
+11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
+similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
+measures.
+
+  When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
+circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
+is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
+the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
+modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
+users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
+technological measures.
+
+  4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
+
+  You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
+receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
+appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
+keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
+non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
+keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
+recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
+
+  You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
+and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
+
+  5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
+
+  You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
+produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
+terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
+
+    a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
+    it, and giving a relevant date.
+
+    b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
+    released under this License and any conditions added under section
+    7.  This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
+    "keep intact all notices".
+
+    c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
+    License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy.  This
+    License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
+    additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
+    regardless of how they are packaged.  This License gives no
+    permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
+    invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
+
+    d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
+    Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
+    interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
+    work need not make them do so.
+
+  A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
+works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
+and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
+in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
+"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
+used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
+beyond what the individual works permit.  Inclusion of a covered work
+in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
+parts of the aggregate.
+
+  6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
+
+  You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
+of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
+machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
+in one of these ways:
+
+    a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
+    Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
+    customarily used for software interchange.
+
+    b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
+    (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
+    written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
+    long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
+    model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
+    copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
+    product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
+    medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
+    more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
+    conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
+    Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
+
+    c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
+    written offer to provide the Corresponding Source.  This
+    alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
+    only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
+    with subsection 6b.
+
+    d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
+    place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
+    Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
+    further charge.  You need not require recipients to copy the
+    Corresponding Source along with the object code.  If the place to
+    copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
+    may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
+    that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
+    clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
+    Corresponding Source.  Regardless of what server hosts the
+    Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
+    available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
+
+    e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
+    you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
+    Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
+    charge under subsection 6d.
+
+  A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
+from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
+included in conveying the object code work.
+
+  A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
+tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
+or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
+into a dwelling.  In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
+doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage.  For a particular
+product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
+typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
+of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
+actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product.  A product
+is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
+commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
+the only significant mode of use of the product.
+
+  "Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
+procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
+and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
+a modified version of its Corresponding Source.  The information must
+suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
+code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
+modification has been made.
+
+  If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
+specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
+part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
+User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
+fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
+Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
+by the Installation Information.  But this requirement does not apply
+if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
+modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
+been installed in ROM).
+
+  The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
+requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
+for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
+the User Product in which it has been modified or installed.  Access to a
+network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
+adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
+protocols for communication across the network.
+
+  Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
+in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
+documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
+source code form), and must require no special password or key for
+unpacking, reading or copying.
+
+  7. Additional Terms.
+
+  "Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
+License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
+Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
+be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
+that they are valid under applicable law.  If additional permissions
+apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
+under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
+this License without regard to the additional permissions.
+
+  When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
+remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
+it.  (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
+removal in certain cases when you modify the work.)  You may place
+additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
+for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
+add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
+that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
+
+    a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
+    terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
+
+    b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
+    author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
+    Notices displayed by works containing it; or
+
+    c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
+    requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
+    reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
+
+    d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
+    authors of the material; or
+
+    e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
+    trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
+
+    f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
+    material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
+    it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
+    any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
+    those licensors and authors.
+
+  All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
+restrictions" within the meaning of section 10.  If the Program as you
+received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
+governed by this License along with a term that is a further
+restriction, you may remove that term.  If a license document contains
+a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
+License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
+of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
+not survive such relicensing or conveying.
+
+  If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
+must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
+additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
+where to find the applicable terms.
+
+  Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
+form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
+the above requirements apply either way.
+
+  8. Termination.
+
+  You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
+provided under this License.  Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
+modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
+this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
+paragraph of section 11).
+
+  However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
+license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
+provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
+finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
+holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
+prior to 60 days after the cessation.
+
+  Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+  Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
+material under section 10.
+
+  9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
+
+  You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
+run a copy of the Program.  Ancillary propagation of a covered work
+occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
+to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.  However,
+nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
+modify any covered work.  These actions infringe copyright if you do
+not accept this License.  Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
+covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
+
+  10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
+
+  Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
+receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
+propagate that work, subject to this License.  You are not responsible
+for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
+
+  An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
+organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
+organization, or merging organizations.  If propagation of a covered
+work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
+transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
+licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
+give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
+Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
+the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
+
+  You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
+rights granted or affirmed under this License.  For example, you may
+not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
+rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
+(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
+any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
+sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
+
+  11. Patents.
+
+  A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
+License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based.  The
+work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
+
+  A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
+owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
+hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
+by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
+but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
+consequence of further modification of the contributor version.  For
+purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
+patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
+this License.
+
+  Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
+patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
+make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
+propagate the contents of its contributor version.
+
+  In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
+agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
+(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
+sue for patent infringement).  To "grant" such a patent license to a
+party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
+patent against the party.
+
+  If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
+and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
+to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
+publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
+then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
+available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
+patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
+consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
+license to downstream recipients.  "Knowingly relying" means you have
+actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
+covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
+in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
+country that you have reason to believe are valid.
+
+  If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
+arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
+covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
+receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
+or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
+you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
+work and works based on it.
+
+  A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
+the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
+conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
+specifically granted under this License.  You may not convey a covered
+work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
+in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
+to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
+the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
+parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
+patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
+conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
+for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
+contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
+or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
+
+  Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
+any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
+otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
+
+  12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
+
+  If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
+otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
+excuse you from the conditions of this License.  If you cannot convey a
+covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
+License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
+not convey it at all.  For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
+to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
+the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
+License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
+
+  13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
+
+  Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
+permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
+under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
+combined work, and to convey the resulting work.  The terms of this
+License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
+but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
+section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
+combination as such.
+
+  14. Revised Versions of this License.
+
+  The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
+the GNU General Public License from time to time.  Such new versions will
+be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
+address new problems or concerns.
+
+  Each version is given a distinguishing version number.  If the
+Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
+Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
+option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
+version or of any later version published by the Free Software
+Foundation.  If the Program does not specify a version number of the
+GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
+by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
+versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
+public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
+to choose that version for the Program.
+
+  Later license versions may give you additional or different
+permissions.  However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
+author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
+later version.
+
+  15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
+
+  THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
+APPLICABLE LAW.  EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
+HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
+OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
+THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
+PURPOSE.  THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
+IS WITH YOU.  SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
+ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
+
+  16. Limitation of Liability.
+
+  IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
+WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
+THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
+GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
+USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
+DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
+PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
+EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
+SUCH DAMAGES.
+
+  17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
+
+  If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
+above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
+reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
+an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
+Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
+copy of the Program in return for a fee.
+
+                     END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
+
+            How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
+
+  If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
+possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
+free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
+
+  To do so, attach the following notices to the program.  It is safest
+to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
+state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
+the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
+
+    <one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
+    Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+
+    This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+    the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+    (at your option) any later version.
+
+    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+    MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+    GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+    You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+    along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
+
+  If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
+notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
+
+    <program>  Copyright (C) <year>  <name of author>
+    This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
+    This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
+    under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
+
+The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
+parts of the General Public License.  Of course, your program's commands
+might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
+
+  You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
+if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
+For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
+<http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+  The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
+into proprietary programs.  If your program is a subroutine library, you
+may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
+the library.  If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
+Public License instead of this License.  But first, please read
+<http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html>.

ChangeLog.1

@@ -1,26 +1,23 @@
-Currently there is just one ChangeLog file for tar, but 
+Currently there is just one ChangeLog file for tar, but
 there used to be separate ChangeLog files for each subdirectory.
 This file records what used to be in those separate files.
 
-Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997
-Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1989-1997, 2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-This file is part of GNU Tar.
+This file is part of GNU tar.
 
-GNU Tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
 
-GNU Tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with GNU Tar; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 
 ----- ChangeLog -----
@@ -3189,7 +3186,7 @@ Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 	Reported by Jeffrey Goldberg.
 
 	* rmt.h (_remdev): A filename is not remote if the colon is
-	preceeded by a slash, to take care of `/:/' which is a shorthand
+	preceded by a slash, to take care of `/:/' which is a shorthand
 	for `/.../<CELL-NAME>/fs' on OSF's Distributing Computing
 	Environment (DCE) and Distributed File System (DFS).
 	Reported by Travis L. Priest.

ChangeLog.amend

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+# Fix typos in tar ChangeLog entries generated from git log
+
+f24b30ec8ca1851b7bd14694241de3b38194c99c
+s/commit 2bd9c153_\./commit 2bd9c153)./
+
+29a6964af3e1baabe978ce608e0466e1250d08ab
+s/ORDER \(none, name, or order\)\./ORDER (none, name, or inode)./
+
+2af87fa2776c8125a587a9b0c2c4fae3bf921ff7
+s/contant\./content./
+
+2bd9c15391b0bd6ef0bff76aebf09cfb53003199
+s/ocurrence/occurrence/
+
+47da28892e6860a3a6fc06745f640e3bb878c757
+s/aruond/around/
+
+f7077dd38b018f19d3a5c7df6accc6b07b8a2356
+s/absoulte/absolute/
+
+28b44aaacb45680aa6640e0a6d7ceab04cfdbf11
+s/warniing/warning/
+
+47560a0498bde20621ce4e367b1d68bf8cd8f1a3
+s/interacton/interaction/
+
+26538c9bfc5fd726d625bef5fa3f08212d50173a
+s/consuption/consumption/;
+s/misfunctioned/malfunctioned/;
+s/misssing/missing/;
+
+696338043e52f440853e1143c52b81b41cd59723
+s/suuport/support/
+
+643a8844a578ff146cfe746fe6091d29502b6c40
+s/incrfental/incremental/;
+s/afterwards/afterward/;
+
+03858cf583ce299b836d8a848967ce290a6bf303
+s/Peformance/Performance/
+
+fa307a665545753b6729191fd2559ce872fa470a
+s/filags/flags/
+
+73d0d1a0f883be5f67534362c99382f1eae8d178
+s/contais/contains/
+
+5af29cb944c84e2d539ce9df527d63c29f6012b9
+s/appendig/appending/
+
+7dd57ebdfa9ac0d2af4622449f45b5025f6c184f
+s/encounted/encountered/
+
+ecbcb7b6d74c2d69386c8d7e435486a4690c9993
+s/inadvertantly/inadvertently/
+
+4dfcd6c054a5e9e1a371c822a3be90564dd9b690
+s/succesfully/successfully/
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+

Makefile.am

@@ -1,24 +1,39 @@
 # Main Makefile for GNU tar.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free
+# Copyright 1994-1997, 1999-2001, 2003, 2007, 2009, 2013-2014, 2016 Free
 # Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-## any later version.
+# This file is part of GNU tar.
 
-## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-## GNU General Public License for more details.
+# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
 
-## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-## 02111-1307, USA.
+# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
-EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1 PORTS
-SUBDIRS = doc lib rmt src scripts po tests
+EXTRA_DIST = ChangeLog.1 Make.rules
+SUBDIRS = doc gnu lib rmt src scripts po tests
 
+dist-hook:
+	$(MAKE) changelog_dir=$(distdir) ChangeLog
+	-rm -f $(distdir).cpio
+	find $(distdir) | cpio -Hcrc -o | \
+          eval GZIP= gzip $(GZIP_ENV) -c > $(distdir).cpio.gz
+
+distclean-local:
+	-rm -f $(distdir).cpio.gz
+
+include Make.rules
+
+gen_start_date = 2009-03-06
+prev_change_log = ChangeLog.CVS
+changelog_dir = .
+changelog_amend_file=ChangeLog.amend

Makefile.in

@@ -1,378 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.1n from Makefile.am
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-# This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
-# gives unlimited permission to copy, distribute and modify it.
-
-# Main Makefile for GNU tar.
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
-
-
-SHELL = /bin/sh
-
-srcdir = @srcdir@
-top_srcdir = @top_srcdir@
-VPATH = @srcdir@
-prefix = @prefix@
-exec_prefix = @exec_prefix@
-
-bindir = @bindir@
-sbindir = @sbindir@
-libexecdir = @libexecdir@
-datadir = @datadir@
-sysconfdir = @sysconfdir@
-sharedstatedir = @sharedstatedir@
-localstatedir = @localstatedir@
-libdir = @libdir@
-infodir = @infodir@
-mandir = @mandir@
-includedir = @includedir@
-oldincludedir = /usr/include
-
-pkgdatadir = $(datadir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkglibdir = $(libdir)/@PACKAGE@
-pkgincludedir = $(includedir)/@PACKAGE@
-
-top_builddir = .
-
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-
-INSTALL = @INSTALL@
-INSTALL_PROGRAM = @INSTALL_PROGRAM@
-INSTALL_DATA = @INSTALL_DATA@
-INSTALL_SCRIPT = @INSTALL_SCRIPT@
-transform = @program_transform_name@
-
-NORMAL_INSTALL = true
-PRE_INSTALL = true
-POST_INSTALL = true
-NORMAL_UNINSTALL = true
-PRE_UNINSTALL = true
-POST_UNINSTALL = true
-ACLOCAL = @ACLOCAL@
-AUTOCONF = @AUTOCONF@
-AUTOHEADER = @AUTOHEADER@
-AUTOMAKE = @AUTOMAKE@
-CATALOGS = @CATALOGS@
-CATOBJEXT = @CATOBJEXT@
-CC = @CC@
-DATADIRNAME = @DATADIRNAME@
-ECHO_C = @ECHO_C@
-ECHO_N = @ECHO_N@
-GENCAT = @GENCAT@
-GMOFILES = @GMOFILES@
-GMSGFMT = @GMSGFMT@
-GT_NO = @GT_NO@
-GT_YES = @GT_YES@
-INSTOBJEXT = @INSTOBJEXT@
-INTLDEPS = @INTLDEPS@
-INTLLIBS = @INTLLIBS@
-INTLOBJS = @INTLOBJS@
-MAKEINFO = @MAKEINFO@
-MKINSTALLDIRS = @MKINSTALLDIRS@
-MSGFMT = @MSGFMT@
-PACKAGE = @PACKAGE@
-POFILES = @POFILES@
-POSUB = @POSUB@
-RANLIB = @RANLIB@
-RMT = @RMT@
-U = @U@
-USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL = @USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL@
-USE_NLS = @USE_NLS@
-VERSION = @VERSION@
-YACC = @YACC@
-
-AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = gnits dist-shar
-
-BABYL = rmail/* admin/*/RMAIL
-EXTRA_DIST = AC-PATCHES AM-PATCHES BI-PATCHES PORTS rebox.el
-SUBDIRS = doc lib intl src scripts po tests
-ACLOCAL_M4 = $(top_srcdir)/aclocal.m4
-CONFIG_HEADER_IN = config.h.in
-CONFIG_HEADER_FULL = config.h
-mkinstalldirs = $(SHELL) $(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs
-CONFIG_HEADER = config.h
-CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES = 
-DIST_COMMON =  README ABOUT-NLS AUTHORS BACKLOG COPYING ChangeLog \
-INSTALL Makefile.am Makefile.in NEWS THANKS TODO acconfig.h \
-acinclude.m4 aclocal.m4 config.h.in configure configure.in install-sh \
-missing mkinstalldirs stamp-h.in
-
-
-DISTFILES = $(DIST_COMMON) $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) $(TEXINFOS) $(EXTRA_DIST)
-
-TAR = tar
-GZIP = --best
-default: all
-
-.SUFFIXES:
-$(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits Makefile
-
-Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in $(top_builddir)/config.status $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-	cd $(top_builddir) \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES=$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
-
-$(srcdir)/aclocal.m4:  configure.in  acinclude.m4
-	cd $(srcdir) && $(ACLOCAL)
-
-config.status: configure
-	$(SHELL) ./config.status --recheck
-$(srcdir)/configure: configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) $(CONFIGURE_DEPENDENCIES)
-	cd $(srcdir) && $(AUTOCONF)
-
-$(CONFIG_HEADER): stamp-h
-stamp-h: $(CONFIG_HEADER_IN) $(top_builddir)/config.status
-	cd $(top_builddir) \
-	  && CONFIG_FILES= CONFIG_HEADERS=$(CONFIG_HEADER_FULL) \
-	     $(SHELL) ./config.status
-	@echo timestamp > stamp-h
-$(srcdir)/$(CONFIG_HEADER_IN): stamp-h.in
-$(srcdir)/stamp-h.in: $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) acconfig.h
-	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOHEADER)
-	echo timestamp > $(srcdir)/stamp-h.in
-
-mostlyclean-hdr:
-
-clean-hdr:
-
-distclean-hdr:
-	rm -f $(CONFIG_HEADER)
-
-maintainer-clean-hdr:
-
-# This directory's subdirectories are mostly independent; you can cd
-# into them and run `make' without going through this Makefile.
-# To change the values of `make' variables: instead of editing Makefiles,
-# (1) if the variable is set in `config.status', edit `config.status'
-#     (which will cause the Makefiles to be regenerated when you run `make');
-# (2) otherwise, pass the desired values on the `make' command line.
-
-@SET_MAKE@
-
-all-recursive install-data-recursive install-exec-recursive \
-installdirs-recursive install-recursive uninstall-recursive  \
-check-recursive installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive \
-mostlyclean-recursive clean-recursive distclean-recursive \
-maintainer-clean-recursive:
-	@for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do \
-	  target=`echo $@ | sed s/-recursive//`; \
-	  echo "Making $$target in $$subdir"; \
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) $$target) \
-	   || case "$(MFLAGS)" in *k*) fail=yes;; *) exit 1;; esac; \
-	done && test -z "$$fail"
-tags-recursive:
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) tags); \
-	done
-
-tags: TAGS
-
-TAGS: tags-recursive $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES) config.h.in $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES)
-	tags=; \
-	here=`pwd`; \
-	list='$(SUBDIRS)'; for subdir in $$list; do \
-	  test -f $$subdir/TAGS && tags="$$tags -i $$here/$$subdir/TAGS"; \
-	done; \
-	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)config.h.in$(SOURCES)$(HEADERS)$$tags" \
-	  || (cd $(srcdir) && etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags config.h.in $(SOURCES) $(HEADERS) -o $$here/TAGS)
-
-mostlyclean-tags:
-
-clean-tags:
-
-distclean-tags:
-	rm -f TAGS ID
-
-maintainer-clean-tags:
-
-distdir = $(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)
-# This target untars the dist file and tries a VPATH configuration.  Then
-# it guarantees that the distribution is self-contained by making another
-# tarfile.
-distcheck: dist
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) zxf $(distdir).tar.gz --mode=a+r
-	mkdir $(distdir)/=build
-	mkdir $(distdir)/=inst
-	dc_install_base=`cd $(distdir)/=inst && pwd`; \
-	cd $(distdir)/=build \
-	  && ../configure --with-included-gettext --srcdir=.. --prefix=$$dc_install_base \
-	  && $(MAKE) \
-	  && $(MAKE) dvi \
-	  && $(MAKE) check \
-	  && $(MAKE) install \
-	  && $(MAKE) installcheck \
-	  && $(MAKE) dist
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-	@echo "========================"; \
-	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
-	echo "========================"
-dist: distdir
-	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz --mode=a+r $(distdir)
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-dist-shar: distdir
-	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-dist-all: distdir
-	-chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
-	GZIP=$(GZIP) $(TAR) chozf $(distdir).tar.gz --mode=a+r $(distdir)
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-distdir: $(DISTFILES)
-	@if sed 15q $(srcdir)/NEWS | fgrep -e "$(VERSION)" > /dev/null; then :; else \
-	  echo "NEWS not updated; not releasing" 1>&2; \
-	  exit 1; \
-	fi
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-	mkdir $(distdir)
-	-chmod 755 $(distdir)
-	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do \
-	  d=$(srcdir); \
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	  || ln $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	  || cp -p $$d/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
-	done
-	for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do		\
-	  test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir		\
-	  || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir		\
-	  || exit 1;				\
-	  chmod 755 $(distdir)/$$subdir;	\
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) distdir=../$(distdir)/$$subdir distdir) \
-	    || exit 1; \
-	done
-info: info-recursive
-dvi: dvi-recursive
-check: all-am
-	$(MAKE) check-recursive
-installcheck: installcheck-recursive
-all-recursive-am: $(CONFIG_HEADER)
-	$(MAKE) all-recursive
-
-all-am: Makefile config.h all-local
-
-install-exec: install-exec-recursive
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install-data: install-data-recursive
-	@$(NORMAL_INSTALL)
-
-install: install-recursive
-	@:
-
-uninstall: uninstall-recursive
-
-all: all-recursive-am all-am
-
-install-strip:
-	$(MAKE) INSTALL_PROGRAM='$(INSTALL_PROGRAM) -s' install
-installdirs: installdirs-recursive
-
-
-mostlyclean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MOSTLYCLEANFILES)
-
-clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(CLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(CLEANFILES)
-
-distclean-generic:
-	rm -f Makefile $(DISTCLEANFILES)
-	rm -f config.cache config.log stamp-h
-	test -z "$(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)" || rm -f $(CONFIG_CLEAN_FILES)
-
-maintainer-clean-generic:
-	test -z "$(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)" || rm -f $(MAINTAINERCLEANFILES)
-	test -z "$(BUILT_SOURCES)" || rm -f $(BUILT_SOURCES)
-mostlyclean-am:  mostlyclean-hdr mostlyclean-tags mostlyclean-generic
-
-clean-am:  clean-hdr clean-tags clean-generic mostlyclean-am
-
-distclean-am:  distclean-hdr distclean-tags distclean-generic clean-am
-
-maintainer-clean-am:  maintainer-clean-hdr maintainer-clean-tags \
-		maintainer-clean-generic distclean-am
-
-mostlyclean:  mostlyclean-recursive mostlyclean-am
-
-clean:  clean-recursive clean-am
-
-distclean:  distclean-recursive distclean-am
-	rm -f config.status
-
-maintainer-clean:  maintainer-clean-recursive maintainer-clean-am
-	@echo "This command is intended for maintainers to use;"
-	@echo "it deletes files that may require special tools to rebuild."
-	rm -f config.status
-
-.PHONY: default mostlyclean-hdr distclean-hdr clean-hdr \
-maintainer-clean-hdr install-data-recursive uninstall-data-recursive \
-install-exec-recursive uninstall-exec-recursive installdirs-recursive \
-uninstalldirs-recursive all-recursive check-recursive \
-installcheck-recursive info-recursive dvi-recursive \
-mostlyclean-recursive distclean-recursive clean-recursive \
-maintainer-clean-recursive tags tags-recursive mostlyclean-tags \
-distclean-tags clean-tags maintainer-clean-tags distdir info dvi \
-installcheck all-recursive-am all-am install-exec install-data install \
-uninstall all installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \
-clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \
-maintainer-clean
-
-
-all-local: $(CONFIG_HEADER)
-
-id: ID
-
-ID:
-	cd lib && $(MAKE) $@
-	cd src && $(MAKE) $@
-
-dist-zoo: $(DISTFILES)
-	rm -rf $(distdir)
-	mkdir $(distdir)
-	distdir=`cd $(distdir) && pwd` \
-	  && cd $(srcdir) \
-	  && automake --include-deps --output-dir=$$distdir
-	@for file in $(DISTFILES); do		\
-	  test -f $(distdir)/$$file \
-	    || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir)/$$file; \
-	done
-	for subdir in $(SUBDIRS); do		\
-	  test -d $(distdir)/$$subdir		\
-	  || mkdir $(distdir)/$$subdir		\
-	  || exit 1;				\
-	  chmod 777 $(distdir)/$$subdir;	\
-	  (cd $$subdir && $(MAKE) dist) || exit 1; \
-	done
-	@sublist="$(DIST_SUBDIRS)";		\
-	for dir in $$sublist; do		\
-	  echo copying directory $$dir;		\
-	  tar -chf - $$dir | (cd $(distdir) && tar -xBpf -); \
-	done
-	chmod -R a+r $(distdir)
-	find $(distdir) -type f | xargs dosfn
-#	find $(distdir) -type f | xargs recode :ibmpc
-	mv $(distdir) $(PACKAGE)
-	find $(PACKAGE) -type f | zoo ahIq $(PACKAGE).zoo
-	rm -rf $(PACKAGE)
-
-# Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make to not export all variables.
-# Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
-.NOEXPORT:

PORTS

@@ -1,173 +0,0 @@
-Ports of GNU tar and other tars		
-See the end of file for copying conditions.
-
-* Introduction
-
-  Most entries in this file are out of date, unfortunately. Such
-  entries are marked with an `X'. Run grep '^\*\*[^X]' PORTS to
-  extract valid entries.
-  
-  Please write bug-tar@gnu.org if you are aware of various ports of GNU tar
-  to non-GNU and non-Unix systems not listed here, or for corrections.
-  Please provide the goal system, a complete and stable URL, the maintainer
-  name and address, the tar version used as a base, and your comments.
-
-* GNU/Linux and Unix
-
-** Star is a tape archiver similar to tar.
-    <http://www.fokus.gmd.de/research/cc/glone/employees/joerg.schilling/private/star.html>
-
-* Amiga
-
-**X ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/systems/amiga/aminet/util/arc/GNUtar-1.11.8.lha
-    maintained by Enrico Forestieri <enrico@com.unipr.it>
-    Based on tar 1.11.8.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.ninemoons.com/pub/ade/current/amiga-bin/tar-1.11.8-bin.lha
-    maintained by the ADE group <fnf@fishpond.ninemoons.com>
-    Based on tar 1.11.8, needs ixemul.library.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.wustl.edu/systems/amiga/aminet/util/arc/gnutar.lha
-    maintained by <mscheler@wuarchive.wustl.edu>
-
-* DEC alpha (NT)
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
-    maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
-
-* DEC VAX (VMS)
-
-**X http://www.lp.se/free/vmstar/
-    maintained by Richard Levitte <levitte@lp.se>
-    This is not GNU tar, but a separate implementation.
-
-**  maintained by William Bader <william@nscs.fast.net>
-    For V4.7.  Based on an old PDtar.  Requires compatible shared libraries
-    to run V5 or V6 executables.
-
-* IBM/PC (DV/X)
-
-**X ftp://qdeck.com/ (?)
-    maintained by David Ronis <ronis@gibbs.chem.mcgill.ca>
-    For Desqview/X.  Everything works besides compression.  Copy of hacked
-    sources available, some of DV/X's programmer's library also needed.
-
-* IBM/PC (MSDOS)
-
-**X http://www.simtel.net/simtel.net/
-    http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/platforms/pc/gnuish (Germany)
-    ftp://ftp.simtel.net/simtelnet/gnu
-    ftp://ftp.leo.org/pub/comp/platforms/pc/gnuish
-    maintained by Darrel Hankerson <hankedr@mail.auburn.edu>
-    You get many GNU tools, not only `tar'.  The GNUish project is described
-    in `gnuish_t.htm'.
-
-** The DJGPP development tools also include some `tar' utilities.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.mcs.com/mcsnet.users/les/dos-gnutar/
-    maintained by Leslie Mikesell <les@mcs.net>
-    Based on tar 1.11.2.  Support for SCSI (via ASPI) and network (rsh over
-    packet driver). No support for win95 long file names.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.wu-wien.ac.at/pub/src/PCmisc/aspi-tar/*
-    maintained by Christoph Splittgerber <chris@orion.sdata.de>
-    Based on tar 1.10.  Support for SCSI (via ASPI).
-
-**X ftp://wuarchive (?)
-    Several DOS version based on PDtar.  John Gilmore <gnu@toad.com> says
-    he has copies of several vintages saved.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.exe
-    ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.taz
-    ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.14/languages/ada/toolkit/msdos/gtar/gtar.zip
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.4/os2/archiver/tar.zip
-    Based on PDtar.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
-    maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
-    GNU tar for NT (intel and Alpha platforms).
-
-** ftp://garbo.uwasa.fi/pc/unix/untgz095.zip
-    maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
-    The `untgz' program is a fast .tar or .tar.gz (.tgz) extractor.
-
-**X http://people.darmstadt.netsurf.de/tst/tar.htm
-    maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
-    This is not a `tar' port, but an index of them.
-
-* IBM/PC (OS/2)
-
-**X http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/os/os2/leo/gnu/archiver/gtar254.zip
-    http://www.leo.org/pub/comp/os/os2/leo/gnu/archiver/gtak254.zip
-    maintained by Andreas Kaiser <Andreas.Kaiser@stuttgart.netsurf.de>
-    Version 2.54.  Based on tar 1.10.  The second archive contains SCSI
-    drivers (DAT streamers notably) and rmt-type programs.
-
-* IBM/PC (Win32: Windows 95, NT 3.5 or NT 4.0)
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cygnus.com:~ftp/pub/sac/win32/usersrc/*
-    maintained by Cygnus
-    GNU-Win32 B17.1 distribution.  Download all files, `cat' them together,
-    and `untar' the result.  You get many GNU tools, not only `tar'.
-    Based on tar 1.11.2.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/.20/windows/archiver/tar.zip
-    maintained by Drew Bliss & Geoff Voelker
-    GNU tar for NT (intel and Alpha platforms).
-
-** ftp://garbo.uwasa.fi/pc/unix/untgz095.zip
-    maintained by Tillmann Steinbrecher <tst@darmstadt.netsurf.de>
-    The `untgz' program is a fast .tar or .tar.gz (.tgz) extractor.
-
-* IBM/PC (Windows 3.1)
-
-**X ftp://ftp.mcs.com/mcsnet.users/les/win-gnutar/
-    maintained by Leslie Mikesell <les@mcs.net>
-    Support for network (rsh over winsock).  No support for win95 long
-    file names.
-
-**X ftp://ftp.gamesdomain.ru/.1/os/windows/programr/tar.zip
-    Based on GNU tar 1.11.2.
-
-* Macintosh
-
-** Paulo Abreu (paulotex at yahoo dot com) did a
-   limited port of GNU tar to Darwin, with support for resource forks
-   and finder info, but this no longer seems to be available.
-
-** There is a tar in Stuffit Expander which is available many places and
-   comes with MacOS.  It creates some spurious files but works on average.
-
-** There is an excellent GNU tar bundled in Tenon MachTen, but it does not
-   seem to be available separately.
-
-
-* Copyright notice
-
-  Copyright (C) 1999, 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-  This file is part of GNU tar.
-
-  GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-  any later version.
-
-  GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with GNU tar; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-
-Local Variables:
-mode: outline
-paragraph-separate: "[	]*$"
-version-control: never
-End:
-  

README

@@ -4,31 +4,30 @@ See the end of file for copying conditions.
 * Introduction
 
 Please glance through *all* sections of this
-`README' file before starting configuration.  Also make sure you read files
-`ABOUT-NLS' and `INSTALL' if you are not familiar with them already.
+'README' file before starting configuration.  Also make sure you read files
+'ABOUT-NLS' and 'INSTALL' if you are not familiar with them already.
 
-If you got the `tar' distribution in `shar' format, time stamps ought to be
-properly restored; do not ignore such complaints at `unshar' time.
+If you got the 'tar' distribution in 'shar' format, time stamps ought to be
+properly restored; do not ignore such complaints at 'unshar' time.
 
-GNU `tar' saves many files together into a single tape or disk
+GNU 'tar' saves many files together into a single tape or disk
 archive, and can restore individual files from the archive.  It includes
 multivolume support, the ability to archive sparse files, automatic archive
 compression/decompression, remote archives and special features that allow
-`tar' to be used for incremental and full backups.  This distribution
-also includes `rmt', the remote tape server.  The `mt' tape drive control
-program is in the GNU `cpio' distribution.
+'tar' to be used for incremental and full backups.  This distribution
+also includes 'rmt', the remote tape server.  The 'mt' tape drive control
+program is in the GNU 'cpio' distribution.
 
-GNU `tar' is derived from John Gilmore's public domain `tar'.
+GNU 'tar' is derived from John Gilmore's public domain 'tar'.
 
-See file `ABOUT-NLS' for how to customize this program to your language.
-See file `COPYING' for copying conditions.
-See file `INSTALL' for compilation and installation instructions.
-See file `PORTS' for various ports of GNU tar to non-Unix systems.
-See file `NEWS' for a list of major changes in the current release.
-See file `THANKS' for a list of contributors.
+See file 'ABOUT-NLS' for how to customize this program to your language.
+See file 'COPYING' for copying conditions.
+See file 'INSTALL' for compilation and installation instructions.
+See file 'NEWS' for a list of major changes in the current release.
+See file 'THANKS' for a list of contributors.
 
-Besides those configure options documented in files `INSTALL' and
-`ABOUT-NLS', an extra option may be accepted after `./configure':
+Besides those configure options documented in files 'INSTALL' and
+'ABOUT-NLS', an extra option may be accepted after './configure':
 
 * Install
 
@@ -40,11 +39,11 @@ values are GNU, V7, OLDGNU, USTAR and POSIX.
 
 ** Selecting the default archive device
 
-The default archive device is now `stdin' on read and `stdout' on write.
-The installer can still override this by presetting `DEFAULT_ARCHIVE'
-in the environment before configuring (the behavior of `-[0-7]' or
-`-[0-7]lmh' options in `tar' are then derived automatically).  Similarly,
-`DEFAULT_BLOCKING' can be preset to something else than 20.
+The default archive device is now 'stdin' on read and 'stdout' on write.
+The installer can still override this by presetting 'DEFAULT_ARCHIVE'
+in the environment before configuring (the behavior of '-[0-7]' or
+'-[0-7]lmh' options in 'tar' are then derived automatically).  Similarly,
+'DEFAULT_BLOCKING' can be preset to something else than 20.
 
 ** Selecting full pathname of the "rmt" binary.
 
@@ -76,13 +75,13 @@ directory.
 Use option --enable-backup-scripts to compile and install these
 scripts.
 
-** `--disable-largefile' omits support for large files, even if the
+** '--disable-largefile' omits support for large files, even if the
 operating system supports large files.  Typically, large files are
-those larger on 2 GB on a 32-bit host.
+those larger than 2 GB on a 32-bit host.
 
 * Installation hints
 
-Here are a few hints which might help installing `tar' on some systems.
+Here are a few hints which might help installing 'tar' on some systems.
 
 ** gzip and bzip2.
 
@@ -103,7 +102,7 @@ then you have encountered a gzip incompatibility that should be fixed
 in gzip test version 1.3, which as of this writing is available at
 <ftp://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/gzip/>.  You can work around the
 incompatibility by using a shell command like
- `gzip -d <file.tar.gz | tar -xzf -'.
+ 'gzip -d <file.tar.gz | tar -xzf -'.
 
 ** Solaris issues.
 
@@ -118,13 +117,13 @@ understand these headers.
 
 ** Static linking.
 
-Some platform will, by default, prepare a smaller `tar' executable
-which depends on shared libraries.  Since GNU `tar' may be used for
+Some platform will, by default, prepare a smaller 'tar' executable
+which depends on shared libraries.  Since GNU 'tar' may be used for
 system-level backups and disaster recovery, installers might prefer to
-force static linking, making a bigger `tar' executable maybe, but able to
+force static linking, making a bigger 'tar' executable maybe, but able to
 work standalone, in situations where shared libraries are not available.
 The way to achieve static linking varies between systems.  Set LDFLAGS
-to a value from the table below, before configuration (see `INSTALL').
+to a value from the table below, before configuration (see 'INSTALL').
 
 	Platform	Compiler	LDFLAGS
 
@@ -137,18 +136,18 @@ to a value from the table below, before configuration (see `INSTALL').
 	Solaris		(vendor)	-Bstatic
 	SunOS		(vendor)	-Bstatic
 
-** Failed tests `ignfail.sh' or `incremen.sh'.
+** Failed tests 'ignfail.sh' or 'incremen.sh'.
 
 In an NFS environment, lack of synchronization between machine clocks
 might create difficulties to any tool comparing dates and file time stamps,
-like `tar' in incremental dumps.  This has been a recurrent problem with
+like 'tar' in incremental dumps.  This has been a recurrent problem with
 GNU Make for the last few years.  We would like a general solution.
 
 ** BSD compatibility matters.
 
-Set LIBS to `-lbsd' before configuration (see `INSTALL') if the linker
-complains about `bsd_ioctl' (Slackware).  Also set CPPFLAGS to
-`-I/usr/include/bsd' if <sgtty.h> is not found (Slackware).
+Set LIBS to '-lbsd' before configuration (see 'INSTALL') if the linker
+complains about 'bsd_ioctl' (Slackware).  Also set CPPFLAGS to
+'-I/usr/include/bsd' if <sgtty.h> is not found (Slackware).
 
 ** OPENStep 4.2 swap files
 
@@ -159,43 +158,43 @@ the simplest workaround is to avoid tarring this file.
 
 * Special topics
 
-Here are a few special matters about GNU `tar', not related to build
+Here are a few special matters about GNU 'tar', not related to build
 matters.  See previous section for such.
 
 ** File attributes.
 
-About *security*, it is probable that future releases of `tar' will have
+About *security*, it is probable that future releases of 'tar' will have
 some behavior changed.  There are many pending suggestions to choose from.
-Today, extracting an archive not being `root', `tar' will restore suid/sgid
-bits on files but owned by the extracting user.  `root' automatically gets
-a lot of special privileges, `-p' might later become required to get them.
+Today, extracting an archive not being 'root', 'tar' will restore suid/sgid
+bits on files but owned by the extracting user.  'root' automatically gets
+a lot of special privileges, '-p' might later become required to get them.
 
-GNU `tar' does not properly restore symlink attributes.  Various systems
+GNU 'tar' does not properly restore symlink attributes.  Various systems
 implement flavors of symbolic links showing different behavior and
 properties.  We did not successfully sorted all these out yet.  Currently,
-the `lchown' call will be used if available, but that's all.
+the 'lchown' call will be used if available, but that's all.
 
 ** POSIX compliance.
 
-GNU `tar' is able to create archive in the following formats:
+GNU 'tar' is able to create archive in the following formats:
 
   *** The format of UNIX version 7
-  *** POSIX.1-1988 format, also known as "ustar format" 
+  *** POSIX.1-1988 format, also known as "ustar format"
   *** POSIX.1-2001 format, also known as "pax format"
   *** Old GNU format (described below)
 
-In addition to those, GNU `tar' is also able to read archives
-produced by `star' archiver.  
+In addition to those, GNU 'tar' is also able to read archives
+produced by 'star' archiver.
 
-A so called `Old GNU' format is based on an early draft of the
-POSIX 1003.1 `ustar' standard which is different from the final
+A so called 'Old GNU' format is based on an early draft of the
+POSIX 1003.1 'ustar' standard which is different from the final
 standard. It defines its extensions (such as incremental backups
 and handling of the long file names) in a way incompatible with
 any existing tar archive format, therefore the use of old GNU
-format is strongly discouraged. 
+format is strongly discouraged.
 
 Please read the file NEWS for more information about POSIX compliance
-and new `tar' features.
+and new 'tar' features.
 
 * What's next?
 
@@ -216,36 +215,39 @@ to the report address; rather take special arrangement with the maintainer.
 
 Your feedback will help us to make a better and more portable package.
 Consider documentation errors as bugs, and report them as such.  If you
-develop anything pertaining to `tar' or have suggestions, let us know
+develop anything pertaining to 'tar' or have suggestions, let us know
 and share your findings by writing to <bug-tar@gnu.org>.
 
 
 * Copying
 
-	Copyright (C) 1990, 1991, 1992, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000,
-	2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 1990-1992, 1994, 1997-2001, 2003-2004, 2007, 2012-2014, 2016
+Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-	This file is part of GNU tar.
+This file is part of GNU tar.
 
-	GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-	it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-	the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-	any later version.
+GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
 
-	GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-	but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-	MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-	GNU General Public License for more details.
+GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-	You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-	along with tar; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-	the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-	Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
+NOTE ON COPYRIGHT YEARS
+
+In copyright notices where the copyright holder is the Free Software
+Foundation, then where a range of years appears, this is an inclusive
+range that applies to every year in the range.  For example: 2005-2008
+represents the years 2005, 2006, 2007, and 2008.
 
 Local Variables:
 mode: outline
 paragraph-separate: "[	]*$"
 version-control: never
 End:
-

README-alpha

@@ -5,68 +5,45 @@ Please send comments and problem reports to <bug-tar@gnu.org>.
 
 If you have taken the sources from CVS you will need the following
 packages (or later) to build GNU tar.  We don't make any extra effort
-to accommodate older versions of these packages.  If we discover that
-newer versions are needed to bootstrap, we'll update the version
-numbers in this list.
+to accommodate older versions of these packages, so please make sure
+that you have the latest stable version.
 
-autoconf 2.59
-automake 1.8
-bison 1.875
-gettext 0.12.1
-m4 1.4
-wget 1.7
+- Automake <http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/>
+- Autoconf <http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>
+- Bison <http://www.gnu.org/software/bison/>
+- Gettext <http://www.gnu.org/software/gettext/>
+- Gzip <http://www.gnu.org/software/gzip/>
+- M4 <http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/>
+- Texinfo <http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo>
+- Wget <http://www.gnu.org/software/wget/>
 
-For GNU m4 1.4, we recommend also installing the `translit' patch; see
-Debian bug 211477 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=211477>.
-This patch is bundled into Debian m4 1.4-17 or later.
+As of this writing, the latest stable version of Gzip is 1.2.4 but we
+suggest using test version 1.3.5 (or later, if one becomes available).
 
-Before building the package, run "bootstrap".  It obtains various
-additional files from the CVS repository and the Translation Project
-site and prepares the source directory for building.
+Valgrind <http://valgrind.org/> is also highly recommended, if
+Valgrind supports your architecture.
 
-When run without arguments, bootstrap will try to obtain gnulib and
-paxutils files from their corresponding CVS repositories on Savannah
-using anonymous SSH access. Then, it will fetch the po files from tar
-page at Translation Project, and, finally, it will start autoconfiguration
-process. Simply running it without arguments should do in most cases.
-Several options allow to control the behavior of bootstrap:
+Before building the package, run "bootstrap".  It will obtain gnulib
+and paxutils files from their Git repositories on Savannah.  Then, it will
+fetch the po files from tar page at Translation Project, and, finally, it
+will start autoconfiguration process.  Simply running bootstrap without
+arguments should do in most cases.
 
- --gnulib-srcdir=DIRNAME      Specify the local directory where gnulib
-                              sources reside. Use this if you already
-                              have gnulib sources on your machine, and
-                              do not want to waste your bandwidth dowloading
-                              them again.
-
- --paxutils-srcdir=DIRNAME    Specify the local directory where paxutils
-                              sources reside. Use this if you already
-                              have paxutils sources on your machine, and
-                              do not want to waste your bandwidth dowloading
-                              them again.
-
- --cvs-auth=METHOD            Set the CVS access method used for downloading
-                              gnulib files. METHOD is one of the keywords
-                              accepted by cvs -d option (see info cvs
-                              repository).
-
- --cvs-user=USERNAME          Set the CVS username to be used when accessing
-                              the gnulib repository.
-
- --no-po                      Do not download po files.
-
-Notice also that when using CVS authentication method "ext", bootstrap
-will set the variable CVS_RSH to "ssh", unless it is already set to
-some other value.
+Bootstrap reads its configuration from file bootstrap.conf located on the
+top of tar source tree.  Several options are provided that modify its
+behavior.  Run 'bootstrap --help' for a list.
 
 
 
-Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 2001, 2003-2005, 2007, 2013-2016 Free Software Foundation,
+Inc.
 
 This file is part of GNU tar.
 
 GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-any later version.
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
 
 GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
@@ -74,7 +51,4 @@ MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-along with tar; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.

README-hacking

@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
+These notes intend to help people working on the Git version of
+this package.
+
+* Requirements
+
+You need the following packages to build the Git version of GNU
+tar.  We do not make any efforts to accommodate older versions of
+these packages, so please make sure that you have the latest stable
+version.
+
+- Automake <http://www.gnu.org/software/automake/>
+- Autoconf <http://www.gnu.org/software/autoconf/>
+- M4 <http://www.gnu.org/software/m4/>
+- Texinfo <http://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo>
+- Git <http://git.or.cz>
+
+* Bootstrapping
+
+Obviously, if you are reading these notes, you did manage to clone
+tar from Git. The next step is to get other files needed to build,
+which are extracted from other source packages:
+
+1. Change to the source tree directory
+
+   cd tar
+
+2. Run
+
+   ./bootstrap
+
+Once done, proceed as described in the file README (section
+INSTALLATION).
+
+Normally you will have to run bootstrap only once. However, if you
+intend to hack on GNU tar, you might need to run it again later.
+There are lots of options that you may find useful in this case.
+See 'bootstrap --help' for a detailed list.
+
+
+* Copyright information
+
+Copyright 2007-2009, 2013-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+This file is part of GNU tar.
+
+GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
+
+GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+^L
+Local Variables:
+mode: outline
+paragraph-separate: "[	^L]*$"
+version-control: never
+End:

THANKS

@@ -1,11 +1,6 @@
 GNU tar THANKS file
 
-Public domain tar was written by John Gilmore, with contributions
-from Henry Spencer, Fred Fish, Ian Darwin, Geoff Collyer, Stan Barber,
-Guy Harris, Dave Brower, Richard Todd, Michael Rendell, Stu Heiss and
-Rich $alz.  The FSF version, named GNU tar, was derived from PDTAR by
-Jay Fenlason and Joy Kendall, and was maintained in turn by Fran<61>§ois
-Pinard and Paul Eggert.
+Please see the AUTHORS file for the list of principal authors.
 
 Many people further contributed to GNU tar by reporting problems,
 suggesting various improvements or submitting actual code.  Here is a
@@ -13,6 +8,7 @@ list of these people.  Help me keep it complete and exempt of errors.
 See various ChangeLogs for a detailed description of contributions.
 
 Aage Robeck		aagero@ifi.uio.no
+Adye, TJ (Tim)		T.J.Adye@rl.ac.uk
 Akiko Matsushita	matusita@sra.co.jp
 Alan Bawden		Alan@lcs.mit.edu
 Alan Cox		alan@cymru.net
@@ -32,7 +28,7 @@ Andreas Haumer		andreas@vlsivie.tuwien.ac.at
 Andreas Jaeger		aj@arthur.pfalz.de
 Andreas Koppenhoefer	koppenh@trick.informatik.uni-stuttgart.de
 Andreas Reuter		ar205@bonzo.geowiss.nat.tu-bs.de
-Andreas Schuldei        andreas@schuldei.org
+Andreas Schuldei	andreas@schuldei.org
 Andreas Schwab		schwab@issan.informatik.uni-dortmund.de
 Andrew A. Ivanov	ivanov@mics.msu.su
 Andrew J. Schorr	schorr@ead.dsa.com
@@ -40,6 +36,7 @@ Andrew Torda		torda@igc.chem.ethz.ch
 Andrey A. Chernov	ache@astral.msk.su
 Andy Gay		andy@rdl.co.uk
 Antonio Jose Coutinho	ajc@di.uminho.pt
+Anthony G. Basile	blueness@gentoo.org
 Ariel Faigon		ariel@engr.sgi.com
 Arne Wichmann		aw@math.uni-sb.de
 Arnold Robbins		arnold@gnu.org
@@ -52,6 +49,7 @@ Bela Lubkin		filbo@armory.com
 Ben A. Mesander		ben@piglet.cr.usgs.gov
 Benedikt Stockebrand	benedikt@devnull.ruhr.de
 Bennett Todd		bet@mordor.com
+Benno Schulenberg 	benno@nietvergeten.nl
 Benny Holmgren		benny@hgs.se
 Bernard Chen		bern@cs.ucla.edu
 Bernard Derval		derval@iro.umontreal.ca
@@ -62,23 +60,25 @@ Bob Mende Pie		mende@piecomputer.rutgers.edu
 Bradley A. Smith	basmith@prometheus.chem.umn.edu
 Brendan Kehoe		brendan@cygnus.com
 Brett Gaines		gaines@saifr00.ateng.az.honeywell.com
-Bryan Ford              baford@mit.edu
 Brian Perkins		bperkins@netspace.org
 Brian R. Smith		brian@cygnus.com
 Bruce Evans		bde@runx.oz.au
 Bruce Jerrick		bruce@cse.ogi.edu
 Bruno Haible		haible@ilog.fr
+Bryan Ford		baford@mit.edu
 Bryant Fujimoto		fujimoto@denali.chem.washington.edu
 Burkhard Plache		plache@krusty.optimax.ns.ca
 Calvin Cliff		cliff@trifid.astro.ucla.edu
 Cameron Elliott		cam@mvbms.mvbms.com
 Carl Streeter		streeter@cae.wisc.edu
+Carl Worth              cworth@cworth.org
 Carsten Heyl		heyl@nads.de
 Catrin Urbanneck	cur@gppc.de
 Cesar Romani		romani@ifm.uni-hamburg.de
 Chad Hurwitz		churritz@cts.com
 Chance Reschke		creschke@usra.edu
 Charles Fu		ccwf@klab.caltech.edu
+Charles McGarvey        chazmcgarvey@brokenzipper.com
 Charles Lopes		Charles.Lopes@infm.ulst.ac.uk
 Charles M. Hannum	mycroft@gnu.org
 Chip Salzenberg		tct!chip
@@ -90,9 +90,10 @@ Chris Metcalf		metcalf@catfish.lcs.mit.edu
 Chris Ransom		chris@quests.com
 Christian Callsen	Christian.Callsen@eng.sun.com
 Christian Kirsch	ck@held.mind.de
-Christian Laubscher	<christian.laubscher@tiscalinet.ch>
+Christian Laubscher	christian.laubscher@tiscalinet.ch
 Christian T. Dum	ctd@mpe-garching.mpg.de
 Christian von Roques	roques@pond.sub.org
+Christian Wetzel	wetzel@phoenix-pacs.de
 Christoph Litauer	litauer@mailhost.uni-koblenz.de
 Christophe Colle	colle@krtkg1.rug.ac.be
 Christophe Kalt		Christophe.Kalt@kbcfp.com
@@ -102,15 +103,20 @@ Claude Scarpelli	claude@genethon.fr
 Claus Heine		Claus_Heine@ac2.maus.de
 Cliff Krumvieda		cliff@cs.cornell.edu
 Clinton Carr		clint@netcom.com
+Connor Behan 		connor.behan@gmail.com
 Conrad Hughes		chughes@maths.tcd.ie
 Constantin Belous	const@cris.net
 Coranth Gryphon		gryphon@bur.visidyne.com
+Cyril Strejc		strejc@unicontrols.cz
+Dagobert Michelsen	dam@opencsw.org
 Dale R. Worley		worley@world.std.com
 Dale Wiles		wiles@geordi.calspan.com
 Dan Bloch		dan@transarc.com
+Dan Drake               dan@dandrake.org
 Dan Reish		dreish@izzy.net
 Daniel Hagerty		hag@gnu.org
 Daniel Quinlan		quinlan@pathname.com
+Daniel Kahn Gillmor	dkg@fifthhorseman.net
 Daniel R. Guilderson	d.guilderson@ma30.bull.com
 Daniel S. Barclay	daniel@compass-da.com
 Daniel Trinkle		trinkle@cs.purdue.edu
@@ -118,6 +124,8 @@ Danny R. Johnston	danny@cs.weber.edu
 Dave Barr		barr@math.psu.edu
 Dave Gentzel		gentzel@nova.enet.dec.com
 Dave Gregorich		dtg@ipac.caltech.edu
+David Barri		japgolly@gmail.com
+David Brown		davidb@davidb.org
 David J. MacKenzie	djm@uunet.uu.net
 David Johnson		David.W.Johnson@colorado.edu
 David K. Drum		ccdavid@mizzou1.missouri.edu
@@ -132,8 +140,10 @@ David Steiner		dsteiner@ispa.uni-osnabrueck.de
 David Taylor		taylor@think.com
 Dean Gaudet		dgaudet@watdragon.uwaterloo.ca
 Demizu Noritoshi	nori-d@is.aist-nara.ac.jp
+Denis Excoffier         denis.excoffier@free.fr
 Denis Fortin		fortin@acm.org
 Dennis Pixton		dennis@math.binghamton.edu
+Derek Terveer           dt@hawkmoon.mn.org
 Dick Streefland		dicks@tasking.nl
 Dietmar Braun		dietmar@highway.bertelsmann.de
 Dimitri Bougoulias	opus@hol.gr
@@ -147,14 +157,17 @@ Drew Sullivan		drew@sni.ca
 Drew Trieger		trieger@woodstock.abbott.com
 Dunstan Vavasour	dev@cegelecproj.co.uk
 Ed Childs		echilds@bgs.com
+Ed Leaver		ewleaver@comcast.net
 Edgar Taube		et@immd8.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
 Eduardo Kortright	eduardo@cs.ua.edu
 Eduardo V. de Rivas	eddie@asterion.com
 Edward Welbourne	eddy@gen.cam.ac.uk
 Elmar Heeb		heeb@itp.ethz.ch
 Elmer Fittery		elmerf@ptw.com
+Enric Hernandez 	ehernandez@notariado.org
 Eric Backus		ericb@lsid.hp.com
 Eric Benson		eb@amazon.com
+Eric Blake		ebb9@byu.net
 Eric M. Boehm		Eric.M.Boehm@optimumtech.com
 Eric Norum		eric@ee.ualberta.ca
 Erich Stefan Boleyn	erich@uruk.org
@@ -163,9 +176,11 @@ Erik D. Frederick	edf@deckard.mc.duke.edu
 Esa Karell		karell@cs.helsinki.fi
 Ezra Peisach		epeisach@mit.edu
 Fabio d'Alessi		cars@civ.bio.unipd.it
+Flavio Poletti          polettix@gmail.com
+Frank Heckenbach	frank@g-n-u.de
 Frank Koenen		koenfr@lidp.com
 Franz-Werner Gergen	gergen@edvulx.mpi-stuttgart.mpg.de
-Fran<EFBFBD>§ois Pinard		pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
+François Pinard		pinard@iro.umontreal.ca
 Fritz Elfert		fritz@fsun.triltsch.de
 George Chyu		gschyu@ccgate.dp.beckman.com
 Gerben Wierda		gerben@rna.indiv.nluug.nl
@@ -179,9 +194,12 @@ Greg Chung		gchung@caip.rutgers.edu
 Greg Hudson		ghudson@mit.edu
 Greg Maples		greg@clari.net
 Greg McGary		gkm@cstone.net
-G<EFBFBD>¶ran Uddeborg		gvran@uddeborg.pp.se
+Greg Schafer		gschafer@zip.com.au
+Göran Uddeborg		gvran@uddeborg.pp.se
+Gürkan Karaman		karaman@dssgmbh.de
 Hans Guerth		100664.3101@compuserve.com
-Harald K<>¶nig		koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
+Hansjörg Lipp		hjlipp@web.de
+Harald König		koenig@tat.physik.uni-tuebingen.de
 Harald Milz		hm@seneca.ix.de
 Heiko Schinke		mdqac@biochemtech.uni-halle.de
 Heiko Schlichting	heiko@fu-berlin.de
@@ -189,12 +207,14 @@ Helmut Waitzmann	Helmut.Waitzmann@web.de
 Henrik Bakman		hb@csd.uu.se
 Hernan Prieto Schmidt	hernan@pea.usp.br
 Hiroyuki Bessho		bsh@grotto.iijnet.or.jp
+Holger Levsen		holger@layer-acht.org
 Holger Teutsch		holger@hotbso.rhein-main.de
 Hugh Secker-Walker	hugh@ear.mit.edu
 Hunyue Yau		hunyue.yau@picksys.com
 Ian Jackson		ijackson@gnu.org
 Ian Lance Taylor	ian@cygnus.com
 Ian T. Zimmerman	itz@crl.com
+Ian Turner		ian@zmanda.com
 Indra Singhal		indra@synoptics.com
 J. Dean Brock		brock@cs.unca.edu
 J.J. Bailey		jjb@jagware.bcc.com
@@ -211,11 +231,14 @@ Jan Djarv		jan.djarv@mbox200.swipnet.se
 Janice Burton		r06a165@bcc25.kodak.com
 Janne Snabb		snabb@niksula.hut.fi
 Jason R. Mastaler	jason@webmaster.net
+Jason Armistead		Jason.Armistead@otis.com
 Jay Fenlason		hack@gnu.org
+Jean-Louis Martineau    martineau@zmanda.com
 Jean-Michel Soenen	soenen@lectra.fr
-Jean-Ph. Martin-Flatin	syj@ecmwf.int
-Jean-loup Gailly	jloup@chorus.fr
+Jean-Loup Gailly	jloup@chorus.fr
 Jeff Moskow		jeff@rtr.com
+Jean-Ph. Martin-Flatin	syj@ecmwf.int
+Jean-Pierre Demailly	Jean-Pierre.Demailly@ujf-grenoble.fr
 Jeff Prothero		jsp@betz.biostr.washington.edu
 Jeff Siegel		js@hornet.att.com
 Jeff Sorensen		sorenj@alumni.rpi.edu
@@ -223,11 +246,13 @@ Jeffrey Goldberg	J.Goldberg@cranfield.ac.uk
 Jeffrey Mark Siskind	Qobi@emba.uvm.edu
 Jeffrey W. Parker	jwpkr@mcs.com
 Jens Henrik Jensen	recjhl@mediator.uni-c.dk
+Jérémy Bobbio		lunar@debian.org
 Jim Blandy		jimb@totoro.cs.oberlin.edu
 Jim Clausing		jac@postbox.acs.ohio-state.edu
 Jim Farrell		jwf@platinum.com
 Jim Meyering		meyering@na-net.ornl.gov
 Jim Murray		jjm@jjm.com
+Jivko Angelov		jivko@siteground.com
 Joachim Holzfuss	Joachim.Holzfuss@iap.physik.th-darmstadt.de
 Joachim Seelig		joachim@kruemel.han.de
 Joe DeBattista		joed@itsa.ucsf.edu
@@ -239,14 +264,16 @@ John David Anglin	dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca
 John Gilmore		gnu@toad.com
 John J. Szetela		johns@angelo.amd.com
 John L. Chmielewski	jlc@attmail.com
-John L. Males           jlmales@yahoo.com
+John L. Males		jlmales@yahoo.com
 John Oleynick		juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu
 John R. Vanderpool	fish@daacdev1.stx.com
 John Rouillard		rouilj@cs.umb.edu
+John Thomas McDole	john.thomas.mcdole@nagra.com
 Jon Lewis		jlewis@inorganic5.fdt.net
 Jonathan I. Kamens	jik@cam.ov.com
 Jonathan N. Sherman	sysjns@etacrs1.safb.af.mil
 Jonathan Thornburg	thornbur@theory.physics.ubc.ca
+Josef Bauer		Josef.Bauer@mchp.siemens.de
 Joseph E. Sacco		jsacco@ssl.com
 Joshua R. Poulson	jrp@plaza.ds.adp.com
 Joutsiniemi Tommi Il	tj75064@cs.tut.fi
@@ -254,12 +281,14 @@ Joy Kendall		jak8@world.std.com
 Judy Ricker		jricker@gdstech.grumman.com
 Juha Sarlin		juha@tds.kth.se
 Jurgen Botz		jbotz@orixa.mtholyoke.edu
-J<EFBFBD>¼rgen L<>¼ters		jlueters@t-online.de
-J<EFBFBD>¼rgen Reiss		reiss@psychologie.uni-wuerzburg.de
 Jyh-Shyang Wang		erik@vsp.ee.nctu.edu.tw
-J<EFBFBD>¶rg Weule		weule@cs.uni-duesseldorf.de
-J<EFBFBD>¶rgen H<>¤gg		Jorgen.Hagg@axis.se
-J<EFBFBD>¶rgen Weigert	jw@suse.de
+Jörg Schilling		schilling@fokus.fraunhofer.de
+Jörg Weule		weule@cs.uni-duesseldorf.de
+Jörg Weilbier 		gnu@weilbier.net
+Jörgen Hågg		Jorgen.Hagg@axis.se
+Jörgen Weigert		jw@suse.de
+Jürgen Lüters		jlueters@t-online.de
+Jürgen Reiss		reiss@psychologie.uni-wuerzburg.de
 Kai Petzke		wpp@marie.physik.tu-berlin.de
 Kai Schlichting		kai@computel.com
 Karl Berry		karl@cs.umb.edu
@@ -279,17 +308,19 @@ Kimmy Posey		kimmyd@bnr.ca
 Koji Kishi		kis@rqa.sony.co.jp
 Konno Hiroharu		konno@pac.co.jp
 Kurt Jaeger		pi@lf.net
+James Antill            jantill@redhat.com
 Larry Creech		lcreech@lonestar.rcclub.org
 Larry Schwimmer		rosebud@cyclone.stanford.edu
+Lasse Collin 		lasse.collin@tukaani.org
 Laurent Caillat-Vallet	caillat@noe.lyon.cemagref.fr
 Laurent Sainte-Marthe	smarthe@genethon.fr
 Leland Lucius		llucius@tiny.net
 Les Mikesell		les@mcs.com
 Loren J. Rittle		rittle@comm.mot.com
-Lo<EFBFBD>¯c Prylli		Loic.Prylli@lip.ens-lyon.fr
+Loïc Prylli		Loic.Prylli@lip.ens-lyon.fr
 Luke Mewburn		lukem@connect.com.au
-Mads Martin Joergensen  mmj@suse.de
 Machael Stone		mstone@cs.loyola.edu
+Mads Martin Joergensen	mmj@suse.de
 Manfred Weichel		Manfred.Weichel@mch.sni.de
 Manuel Munier		Manuel.Munier@loria.fr
 Marc Boucher		marc@cam.org
@@ -305,7 +336,7 @@ Markus Kuhn		mskuhn@cip.informatik.uni-erlangen.de
 Martin Bellenberg	sunsoft@ifm.uni-hamburg.de
 Martin Goik		goik@HDM-Stuttgart.de
 Martin Mares		mj@k332.feld.cvut.cz
-Martin Simmons          ZYHYLCRMZPRP@spammotel.com
+Martin Simmons		ZYHYLCRMZPRP@spammotel.com
 Marty Leisner		leisner@eso.mc.xerox.com
 Massimo Dal Zotto	dz@cs.unitn.it
 Mats Lofkvist		d87-mal@nada.kth.se
@@ -331,6 +362,7 @@ Michael P Urban		urban@cobra.jpl.nasa.gov
 Michael Schmidt		michael@muc.de
 Michael Schwingen	m.schwingen@stochastik.rwth-aachen.de
 Michael Smolsky		fnsiguc@astro.weizmann.ac.il
+Michal Žejdl		zejdl@suas.cz
 Mike Muuss		mike@brl.mil
 Mike Nolan		nolan@lpl.arizona.edu
 Mike Rogers		mike@demon.net
@@ -339,11 +371,14 @@ Mike Walker		M.D.Walker@larc.nasa.gov
 Milan Hodoscek		milan@kihp6.ki.si
 Minh Tran-Le		tranle@intellicorp.com
 Mitsuaki Masuhara	masuhara@mcprv.mec.mei.co.jp
+Natalie Alifanova	na@nxc.no
 Nate Eldredge		nate@cs.hmc.edu
+Nathan Stratton Treadway nathanst+bugtar@ontko.com
 Neil Faulks		neil@dcs.kcl.ac.uk
 Neil Jerram		nj104@cus.cam.ac.uk
 Nelson H.F. Beebe	beebe@math.utah.edu
 Nick Barron		nikb@cix.compulink.co.uk
+Nicolas Dudebout	nicolas.dudebout@gmail.com
 Noah Friedman		friedman@gnu.org
 Noel Cragg		noel@red-bean.com
 Norbert Kiesel		norbert@rwthi3.informatik.rwth-aachen.de
@@ -351,10 +386,12 @@ Olaf Schlueter		olaf@toppoint.de
 Olaf Wucknitz		owucknitz@hs.uni-hamburg.de
 Oliver Trepte		oliver@fysik4.kth.se
 Olivier Roussel		roussel@lifl.fr
+Ondřej Vašík		ovasik@redhat.com
 Oswald P. Backus IV	backus@lks.csi.com
 Pascal Meheut		pascal@cnam.cnam.fr
 Patrick Fulconis	fulco@sig.uvsq.fr
 Patrick Timmons		timmons@electech.polymtl.ca
+Pavel Raiskup           praiskup@redhat.com
 Paul Eggert		eggert@twinsun.com
 Paul Kanz		paul@icx.com
 Paul Mitchell		P.Mitchell@surrey.ac.uk
@@ -372,13 +409,18 @@ Peter Fox		fox@gec-mi-at.co.uk
 Peter Kutschera		peter@zditr1.arcs.ac.at
 Peter Seebach		seebs@taniemarie.solon.com
 Phil Hands		phil@hands.com
+Phil Proudman		phil@proudman51.freeserve.co.uk
 Philippe Defert		defert@cern.ch
 Piercarlo Grandi	piercarl@sabi.demon.co.uk
 Pierce Cantrell		cantrell@ee.tamu.edu
+Piotr Rotter 		piotr.rotter@active24.pl
 R. Kent Dybvig		dyb@cadence.bloomington.in.us
 R. Scott Butler		butler@prism.es.dupont.com
 Rainer Orth		ro@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
+Ralf Wildenhues 	Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de
+Ralf S. Engelschall	rse@engelschall.com
 Ralf Suckow		suckow@contrib.de
+Ralph Corderoy		ralph@inputplus.co.uk
 Ralph Schleicher	rs@purple.ul.bawue.de
 Randy Bias		randyb@edge.edge.net
 Ray Dassen		jdassen@wi.leidenuniv.nl
@@ -412,15 +454,15 @@ Rodney Brown		RBrown@cocam.com.au
 Roland McGrath		roland@gnu.org
 Roland Schemers III	schemers@vela.acs.oakland.edu
 Rolf Niepraschk		niepraschk@chbrb.berlin.ptb.de
-Roman Gollent		roman@portal.stwing.upenn.edu
 Roman Czyborra		czyborra@cs.tu-berlin.de
+Roman Gollent		roman@portal.stwing.upenn.edu
 Ron Guilmette		rfg@netcom.com
 Roy Marantz		marantz@nbcs.rutgers.edu
 Russ Evans		e_gs18@ub.nmh.ac.uk
 Russell Cattelan	cattelan@thebarn.com
 Ryutaro Susukita	susukita@pn.scphys.kyoto-u.ac.jp
-Sam Richards		sam@blueskyprod.com
 Sakai Kiyotaka		ksakai@netwk.ntt-at.co.jp
+Sam Richards		sam@blueskyprod.com
 Santiago Vila Doncel	sanvila@unex.es
 Sarah Quady		squady@warp10.keck.hawaii.edu
 Saul Lubkin		lubkin@cs.rochester.edu
@@ -433,9 +475,9 @@ Serge Granik		serge@euler.berkeley.edu
 Seth Robertson		seth@ctr.columbia.edu
 Sherwood Botsford	sherwood@space.ualberta.ca
 Simon Wright		simon.j.wright@gecm.com
+Simon Wright		simon@pogner.demon.co.uk
 Sisira Jayasinghe	sisira.jayasinghe@sdrc.com
 Skip Montanaro		skip@mojam.com http://www.musi-cal.com/~skip/
-Simon Wright		simon@pogner.demon.co.uk
 Solar Designer		solar@openwall.com
 Stefan Skoglund		sp2stes1@ida.his.se
 Steffen Stempel		stempel@ira.uka.de
@@ -449,9 +491,10 @@ Sylvain Rougier		un@grolier.fr
 Tarang Kumar Patel	mombasa@ptolemy.arc.nasa.gov
 Ted Rule		Ted_Rule@flextech.co.uk
 The King		elvis@gnu.org
+Thomas                  metaf4@users.askja.de
 Thomas Bushnell n/BSG	thomas@gnu.org
-Thomas K<>¶nig		Thomas.Koenig@ciw.uni-karlsruhe.de
 Thomas Krebs		krebs@faps.uni-erlangen.de
+Thomas König		Thomas.Koenig@ciw.uni-karlsruhe.de
 Thomas M. Browder Jr.	browder@use1.eglin.af.mil
 Thomas Priesner		priesner@flo.sh.bosch.de
 Thomas Waas		waas@echild.aiss.de
@@ -464,9 +507,10 @@ Tim P. Starrin		noid@cyborg.larc.nasa.gov
 Tim Ramsey		tar@ksu.ksu.edu
 Tim Rylance		tkr@puffball.demon.co.uk
 Tim Towers		tzt@uniplex.co.uk
-Timothy J. Lee		timlee@netcom.com
 Timothy Fossum		fossum@cs.uwp.edu
+Timothy J. Lee		timlee@netcom.com
 Tito Flagella		tito@di.unipi.it
+Todd Vierling		tv@duh.org
 Tom Popovitch		tpop@informix.com
 Tom Quinn		trq@astro.washington.edu
 Tom Tromey		tromey@drip.colorado.edu
@@ -491,16 +535,17 @@ Werner Almesberger	werner.almesberger@lrc.di.epfl.ch
 William Bader		william@nscs.fast.net
 William J. Eaton	wje@hoffman.rstnu.bcm.tmc.edu
 William Kucharski	kucharsk@netcom.com
-Włodzimierz Jan Martin	wjm@pg.gda.pl
 Wojciech Polak		polak@gnu.org
 Wolfgang Rupprecht	wolfgang@wsrcc.com
 Wolfram Gloger		Wolfram.Gloger@dent.med.uni-muenchen.de
+Wolfram Kleff           bugreport@wkleff.intergenia.de
 Wolfram Wagner		ww@mpi-sb.mpg.de
+Włodzimierz Jan Martin	wjm@pg.gda.pl
 Yasushi Suzudo		SGR00413@niftyserve.or.jp
 Yu-Min Liang		min@taz.ho.att.com
 
 
-;;;; Local variables:
+;;;; Local Variables:
 ;;;; mode: Fundamental
-;;;; buffer-file-coding-system: utf-8
+;;;; coding: utf-8
 ;;;; End:

TODO

@@ -1,5 +1,7 @@
 Suggestions for improving GNU tar.
 
+* <45BEC0DB.8040903@unix-beratung.de>
+
 * Incorporate fixes from major distributions, e.g., Debian GNU/Linux.
 
 * Add support for restoring file time stamps to sub-second resolution,
@@ -10,25 +12,9 @@ Suggestions for improving GNU tar.
 
 * --append should bail out if the two archives are of different types.
 
-* Add support for GNU private keywords in POSIX 1003.1-2001 headers,
-so that the GNU extensions (--incremental, --label and
---multi-volume) may be used with POSIX archives.
-
 * Add support for a 'pax' command that conforms to POSIX 1003.1-2001.
   This would unify paxutils with tar.
 
-* Remove command-line incompatibilities between GNU tar and UNIX tar
-  as specified by UNIX98.  The main problem is:
-
-     l   GNU tar doesn't cross filesystem boundaries.
-	 UNIX98 tar warns if all links cannot be resolved.
-	   (GNU tar --check-links option)
-
-  Currently tar prints a warning when this option is used. Sometime
-  in the future its semantics will be changed to that of --check-links.
-  In the meanwhile we should announce a phase-in period where "l"
-  changes in semantics.
-
 * Interoperate better with Joerg Schilling's star implementation.
 
 * Add an option to remove files that compare successfully.
@@ -59,24 +45,23 @@ so that the GNU extensions (--incremental, --label and
 
 * Copyright notice
 
-  Copyright (C) 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 2003-2004, 2007, 2013-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation,
+Inc.
 
-  This file is part of GNU tar.
+This file is part of GNU tar.
 
-  GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-  it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-  the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-  any later version.
+GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+(at your option) any later version.
 
-  GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-  but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-  MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-  GNU General Public License for more details.
+GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+GNU General Public License for more details.
 
-  You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-  along with tar; see the file COPYING.  If not, write to
-  the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-  Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 
 Local variables:

acconfig.h

@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/* Special definitions for GNU tar, processed by autoheader.
-   Copyright <20> 1994, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   Fran<61>ois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1993.
-*/
-
-/* This is unconditionally defined for setting a GNU environment.  */
-#undef _GNU_SOURCE
-
-/* Define to a string giving the full name of the default archive file.  */
-#undef DEFAULT_ARCHIVE
-
-/* Define to a number giving the default blocking size for archives.  */
-#undef DEFAULT_BLOCKING
-
-/* Define to 1 if density may be indicated by [lmh] at end of device.  */
-#undef DENSITY_LETTER
-
-/* Define to a string giving the prefix of the default device, without the
-   part specifying the unit and density.  */
-#undef DEVICE_PREFIX
-
-/* Define to 1 if you lack a 3-argument version of open, and want to
-   emulate it with system calls you do have.  */
-#undef EMUL_OPEN3
-
-/* Define to 1 if NLS is requested.  */
-#undef ENABLE_NLS
-
-/* Define as 1 if you have catgets and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
-#undef HAVE_CATGETS
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have getgrgid(3).  */
-#undef HAVE_GETGRGID
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have getpwuid(3).  */
-#undef HAVE_GETPWUID
-
-/* Define as 1 if you have gettext and don't want to use GNU gettext.  */
-#undef HAVE_GETTEXT
-
-/* Define if your locale.h file contains LC_MESSAGES.  */
-#undef HAVE_LC_MESSAGES
-
-/* Define to 1 if you have the valloc function.  */
-#undef HAVE_VALLOC
-
-/* Define to 1 if some rsh exists, or if you have <netdb.h>.  */
-#undef HAVE_RTAPELIB
-
-/* Define to 1 if mknod function is available.  */
-#undef HAVE_MKNOD
-
-/* Define to 1 if stpcpy function is available.  */
-#undef HAVE_STPCPY
-
-/* Define if `union wait' is the type of the first arg to wait functions.  */
-#undef HAVE_UNION_WAIT
-
-/* Define to 1 if utime.h exists and declares struct utimbuf.  */
-#undef HAVE_UTIME_H
-
-/* Define to mt_model (v.g., for DG/UX), else to mt_type.  */
-#undef MTIO_CHECK_FIELD
-
-/* Define to the name of the distribution.  */
-#undef PACKAGE
-
-/* Define to 1 if ANSI function prototypes are usable.  */
-#undef PROTOTYPES
-
-/* Define to the full path of your rsh, if any.  */
-#undef REMOTE_SHELL
-
-/* Path to directory containing system wide message catalog sources.  */
-#undef STD_INC_PATH
-
-/* Define to the version of the distribution.  */
-#undef VERSION
-
-/* Define to 1 if using the `glocale' package for message catalogs.  */
-#undef WITH_CATALOGS
-
-/* Define to 1 for better use of the debugging malloc library.  See
-   site ftp.antaire.com in antaire/src, file dmalloc/dmalloc.tar.gz.  */
-#undef WITH_DMALLOC
-
-/* Define to 1 if GNU regex should be used instead of GNU rx.  */
-#undef WITH_REGEX

acinclude.m4

@@ -1,425 +1,62 @@
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
-## Find how to suppress newlines with echo.  ##
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
+dnl Special Autoconf macros for GNU tar         -*- autoconf -*-
 
-# Once this macro is called, you may output with no echo in a Makefile or
-# script using:  echo @ECHO_N@ "STRING_TO_OUTPUT@ECHO_C@".
+dnl Copyright 2009, 2013-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+dnl
+dnl This file is part of GNU tar.
+dnl
+dnl GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+dnl it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+dnl the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+dnl (at your option) any later version.
+dnl
+dnl GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+dnl but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+dnl MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+dnl GNU General Public License for more details.
+dnl
+dnl You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+dnl along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
-AC_DEFUN(fp_PROG_ECHO,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING(how to suppress newlines using echo)
-AC_CACHE_VAL(fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl,
-[if (echo "testing\c"; echo 1,2,3) | grep c >/dev/null; then
-  if (echo -n testing; echo 1,2,3) | sed s/-n/xn/ | grep xn >/dev/null; then
-    fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl=no
-  else
-    fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl=option
+AC_DEFUN([TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM],[
+ m4_pushdef([tar_compr_define],translit($1,[a-z+-],[A-ZX_])[_PROGRAM])
+ m4_pushdef([tar_compr_var],[tar_cv_compressor_]translit($1,[+-],[x_]))
+ AC_ARG_WITH($1,
+             AC_HELP_STRING([--with-]$1[=PROG],
+	                    [use PROG as ]$1[ compressor program]),
+             [tar_compr_var=${withval}],
+	     [tar_compr_var=m4_if($2,,$1,$2)])
+ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(tar_compr_define, "$tar_compr_var",
+                    [Define to the program name of ]$1[ compressor program])])
+
+# Provide <attr/xattr.h>, if necessary
+
+AC_DEFUN([TAR_HEADERS_ATTR_XATTR_H],
+[
+  AC_ARG_WITH([xattrs],
+    AS_HELP_STRING([--without-xattrs], [don't use linux extended attributes]),
+    [], [with_xattrs=maybe]
+  )
+
+  # First check for <sys/xattr.h>
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/xattr.h])
+  AM_CONDITIONAL([TAR_COND_XATTR_H],[test "$ac_cv_header_sys_xattr_h" = yes])
+  if test "$ac_cv_header_sys_xattr_h" != yes; then
+    AC_CHECK_HEADERS([attr/xattr.h])
+    AM_CONDITIONAL([TAR_COND_XATTR_H],[test "$ac_cv_header_attr_xattr_h" = yes])
   fi
-else
-  fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl=escape
-fi
-])
-AC_MSG_RESULT($fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl)
-case $fp_cv_prog_echo_nonl in
-  no) ECHO_N= ECHO_C= ;;
-  option) ECHO_N=-n ECHO_C= ;;
-  escape) ECHO_N= ECHO_C='\c' ;;
-esac
-AC_SUBST(ECHO_N)dnl
-AC_SUBST(ECHO_C)dnl
-])
 
-## ------------------------------------------- ##
-## Check if --with-included-malloc was given.  ##
-## From Franc,ois Pinard                       ##
-## ------------------------------------------- ##
-
-# In 1992, Michael Bushnell (now Thomas Bushnell <thomas@gnu.ai.mit.edu>)
-# devised a test for avoiding HP/UX malloc and using GNU malloc instead.
-# Bruno Haible <haible@ma2s2.mathematik.uni-karlsruhe.de> recycled this
-# test for CLISP Common LISP and extended it to cover broken mallocs from
-# Sun and SGI.  I (<pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>) reworked it a little so
-# it is independent of config.guess, and overridable by the installer.
-
-# On IRIX 5.2, libc malloc is broken, but the -lmalloc one was usable.
-# So in my packages, I once unconditionally used -lmalloc if it existed.
-# This does not do anymore, because the -lmalloc malloc is broken on
-# Solaris 2.4 to 2.5.1 (alignment is 4 bytes instead of 8 bytes, as
-# reported by John Wells <john@bitsmart.com>).
-
-# Bruno also notes: "HP-UX has two different malloc() implementations.
-# Both are broken.  When used with CLISP, the one in the default libc.a
-# leads to a SIGSEGV, the one in libmalloc.a leads to a SIGBUS.  The SunOS
-# 4.1.1 malloc() breaks when used by CLISP's generational GC.  The IRIX
-# 5.2 malloc() breaks when used by CLISP's generational GC."
-
-# If the installer does not give a preference, we use the included GNU
-# malloc if we have the slightest doubt that malloc could be broken, this
-# includes cross compilation, and *all* HP/UX, SunOS or IRIX systems.
-# It is crude indeed, but I just do not have enough information for truly
-# benchmarking malloc in all cases, but want safe packages nevertheless.
-
-AC_DEFUN(fp_WITH_INCLUDED_MALLOC,
-[AC_MSG_CHECKING(if included GNU malloc is wanted)
-AC_ARG_WITH(included-malloc,
-[  --with-included-malloc  use the GNU malloc which is included here], ,
-[if test $cross_compiling = yes; then
-  withval=yes
-else
-  case `uname -s 2> /dev/null` in
-    HP-UX | SunOS | IRIX* ) withval=yes ;;
-    *) withval=no ;;
-  esac
-fi])
-test "$withval" = yes && LIBOBJS="$LIBOBJS gmalloc.o"
-AC_MSG_RESULT($withval)
-])
-
-## -------------------- ##
-## Macros from Ulrich.  ##
-## -------------------- ##
-
-# Search path for a program which passes the given test.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1996.
-
-# serial 1
-
-dnl AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(VARIABLE, PROG-TO-CHECK-FOR,
-dnl   TEST-PERFORMED-ON-FOUND_PROGRAM [, VALUE-IF-NOT-FOUND [, PATH]])
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST,
-[# Extract the first word of "$2", so it can be a program name with args.
-set dummy $2; ac_word=[$]2
-AC_MSG_CHECKING([for $ac_word])
-AC_CACHE_VAL(ac_cv_path_$1,
-[case "[$]$1" in
-  /*)
-  ac_cv_path_$1="[$]$1" # Let the user override the test with a path.
-  ;;
-  *)
-  IFS="${IFS= 	}"; ac_save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS="${IFS}:"
-  for ac_dir in ifelse([$5], , $PATH, [$5]); do
-    test -z "$ac_dir" && ac_dir=.
-    if test -f $ac_dir/$ac_word; then
-      if [$3]; then
-	ac_cv_path_$1="$ac_dir/$ac_word"
-	break
-      fi
-    fi
-  done
-  IFS="$ac_save_ifs"
-dnl If no 4th arg is given, leave the cache variable unset,
-dnl so AC_PATH_PROGS will keep looking.
-ifelse([$4], , , [  test -z "[$]ac_cv_path_$1" && ac_cv_path_$1="$4"
-])dnl
-  ;;
-esac])dnl
-$1="$ac_cv_path_$1"
-if test -n "[$]$1"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([$]$1)
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-fi
-AC_SUBST($1)dnl
-])
-
-# Check whether LC_MESSAGES is available in <locale.h>.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_LC_MESSAGES,
-  [if test $ac_cv_header_locale_h = yes; then
-    AC_CACHE_CHECK([for LC_MESSAGES], am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES,
-      [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <locale.h>], [return LC_MESSAGES],
-       am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=yes, am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES=no)])
-    if test $am_cv_val_LC_MESSAGES = yes; then
-      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_LC_MESSAGES)
-    fi
-  fi])
-
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-
-# serial 1
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_WITH_NLS,
-  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-    dnl Default is enabled NLS
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-
-    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS)
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If gettext or catgets are available (in this order) we
-        dnl use this.  Else we have to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-	dnl catgets is only used if permitted by option --with-catgets.
-	nls_cv_header_intl=
-	nls_cv_header_libgt=
-	CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
-	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
-	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gettext_libc,
-	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>], [return (int) gettext ("")],
-	       gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=yes, gt_cv_func_gettext_libc=no)])
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-	     AC_CHECK_LIB(intl, bindtextdomain,
-	       [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for gettext in libintl],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl,
-		 [AC_TRY_LINK([], [return (int) gettext ("")],
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=yes,
-		 gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl=no)])])
-	   fi
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libc" = "yes" \
-	      || test "$gt_cv_func_gettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	      AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT)
-	      AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-		[test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)dnl
-	      if test "$MSGFMT" != "no"; then
-		AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
-		AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-		AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-		  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-		AC_TRY_LINK(, [extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
-			       return _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-		   DATADIRNAME=share],
-		  [CATOBJEXT=.mo
-		   DATADIRNAME=lib])
-		INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-	      fi
-	    fi
-	])
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether catgets can be used])
-	  AC_ARG_WITH(catgets,
-	    [  --with-catgets          use catgets functions if available],
-	    nls_cv_use_catgets=$withval, nls_cv_use_catgets=no)
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_use_catgets)
-
-	  if test "$nls_cv_use_catgets" = "yes"; then
-	    dnl No gettext in C library.  Try catgets next.
-	    AC_CHECK_LIB(i, main)
-	    AC_CHECK_FUNC(catgets,
-	      [AC_DEFINE(HAVE_CATGETS)
-	       INTLOBJS="\$(CATOBJS)"
-	       AC_PATH_PROG(GENCAT, gencat, no)dnl
-	       if test "$GENCAT" != "no"; then
-		 AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, no)
-		 if test "$GMSGFMT" = "no"; then
-		   AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(GMSGFMT, msgfmt,
-		    [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], no)
-		 fi
-		 AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-		   [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-		 USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-		 CATOBJEXT=.cat
-		 INSTOBJEXT=.cat
-		 DATADIRNAME=lib
-		 INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
-		 INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-		 LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-		 nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-		 nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-	       fi])
-	  fi
-        fi
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  dnl Neither gettext nor catgets in included in the C library.
-	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
-	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep 'dv '`"], msgfmt)
-        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-	  [test -z "`$ac_dir/$ac_word -h 2>&1 | grep '(HELP)'`"], :)
-        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-        INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-        DATADIRNAME=share
-	INTLDEPS="../intl/libintl.a"
-	INTLLIBS=$INTLDEPS
-	LIBS=`echo $LIBS | sed -e 's/-lintl//'`
-        nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-        nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-      fi
-
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null 2> /dev/null; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found xgettext programs is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-	  XGETTEXT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      # We need to process the po/ directory.
-      POSUB=po
-    else
-      DATADIRNAME=share
-      nls_cv_header_intl=intl/libintl.h
-      nls_cv_header_libgt=intl/libgettext.h
-    fi
-
-    # If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set USE_NLS to `yes'
-    # because some of the sources are only built for this goal.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-      USE_NLS=yes
-      USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
-    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
-    dnl in configure.in.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
-      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
+  if test "$with_xattrs" != no; then
+    for i in getxattr  fgetxattr  lgetxattr \
+             setxattr  fsetxattr  lsetxattr \
+             listxattr flistxattr llistxattr
+    do
+      AC_SEARCH_LIBS($i, attr)
+      eval found=\$ac_cv_search_$i
+      test "$found" = "no" && break
     done
 
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLDEPS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-  ])
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_GNU_GETTEXT,
-  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h string.h \
-unistd.h values.h])
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([getcwd munmap putenv setenv setlocale strchr strcasecmp \
-__argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy+set}" != "set"; then
-     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(stpcpy)
-   fi
-   if test "${ac_cv_func_stpcpy}" = "yes"; then
-     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_STPCPY)
-   fi
-
-   AM_LC_MESSAGES
-   AM_WITH_NLS
-
-   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
-     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
-       LINGUAS=
-     else
-       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
-       NEW_LINGUAS=
-       for lang in ${LINGUAS=$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
-         case "$ALL_LINGUAS" in
-          *$lang*) NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $lang" ;;
-         esac
-       done
-       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
-       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
-     fi
-
-     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
-     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
-       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   dnl Determine which catalog format we have (if any is needed)
-   dnl For now we know about two different formats:
-   dnl   Linux libc-5 and the normal X/Open format
-   test -d intl || mkdir intl
-   if test "$CATOBJEXT" = ".cat"; then
-     AC_CHECK_HEADER(linux/version.h, msgformat=linux, msgformat=xopen)
-
-     dnl Transform the SED scripts while copying because some dumb SEDs
-     dnl cannot handle comments.
-     sed -e '/^#/d' $srcdir/intl/$msgformat-msg.sed > intl/po2msg.sed
-   fi
-   dnl po2tbl.sed is always needed.
-   sed -e '/^#.*[^\\]$/d' -e '/^#$/d' \
-     $srcdir/intl/po2tbl.sed.in > intl/po2tbl.sed
-
-   dnl In the intl/Makefile.in we have a special dependency which makes
-   dnl only sense for gettext.  We comment this out for non-gettext
-   dnl packages.
-   if test "$PACKAGE" = "gettext"; then
-     GT_NO="#NO#"
-     GT_YES=
-   else
-     GT_NO=
-     GT_YES="#YES#"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(GT_NO)
-   AC_SUBST(GT_YES)
-
-   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but ($top_srcdir).
-   dnl Try to locate is.
-   MKINSTALLDIRS=
-   if test $ac_aux_dir; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   if test -z $MKINSTALLDIRS; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
-   dnl Generate list of files to be processed by xgettext which will
-   dnl be included in po/Makefile.
-   test -d po || mkdir po
-   if test "x$srcdir" != "x."; then
-     if test "x`echo $srcdir | sed 's@/.*@@'`" = "x"; then
-       posrcprefix="$srcdir/"
-     else
-       posrcprefix="../$srcdir/"
-     fi
-   else
-     posrcprefix="../"
-   fi
-   sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^\$/d" -e "s,.*,	$posrcprefix& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" \
-	< $srcdir/po/POTFILES.in > po/POTFILES
-  ])
+    if test "$found" != no; then
+      AC_DEFINE([HAVE_XATTRS],,[Define when we have working linux xattrs.])
+    fi
+  fi
+])

bootstrap.conf

@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# Bootstrap configuration for GNU tar.
+
+# Copyright 2006-2009, 2013-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is part of GNU tar.
+
+# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+source_base=gnu
+gnulib_name=libgnu
+
+# We don't need these modules, even though gnulib-tool mistakenly
+# includes them because of gettext dependencies.
+avoided_gnulib_modules='
+	--avoid=lock
+'
+
+
+# Additional xgettext options to use.  Use "\\\newline" to break lines.
+XGETTEXT_OPTIONS=$XGETTEXT_OPTIONS'\\\
+ --flag=_:1:pass-c-format\\\
+ --flag=N_:1:pass-c-format\\\
+ --flag=error:3:c-format --flag=error_at_line:5:c-format\\\
+ --flag=asnprintf:3:c-format --flag=vasnprintf:3:c-format\\\
+ --flag=argp_error:2:c-format\\\
+ --flag=__argp_error:2:c-format\\\
+ --flag=argp_failure:4:c-format\\\
+ --flag=__argp_failure:4:c-format\\\
+ --flag=argp_fmtstream_printf:2:c-format\\\
+ --flag=__argp_fmtstream_printf:2:c-format\\\
+'
+
+# Gettext supplies these files, but we don't need them since
+# we don't have an intl subdirectory.
+excluded_files='
+    m4/glibc2.m4
+    m4/intdiv0.m4
+    m4/lcmessage.m4
+    m4/lock.m4
+    m4/printf-posix.m4
+    m4/uintmax_t.m4
+    m4/ulonglong.m4
+    m4/visibility.m4
+'
+
+# Read local configuration file
+if [ -r .bootstrap ]; then
+  echo "$0: Reading configuration file .bootstrap"
+  eval set -- "`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' .bootstrap | tr '\n' ' '` $*"
+fi
+
+test -d m4 || mkdir m4
+test -d $source_base || mkdir $source_base
+
+test -f ChangeLog || cat > ChangeLog <<EOT
+This file is a placeholder. It will be replaced with the actual ChangeLog
+by make dist.  Run make ChangeLog if you wish to create it earlier.
+EOT
+
+git submodule init
+git submodule update
+PAXUTILS=paxutils
+
+# gnulib modules used by this package.
+gnulib_modules="$avoided_gnulib_modules
+`grep -h '^[^#]' gnulib.modules $PAXUTILS/gnulib.modules`
+"
+
+# copy_files srcdir dstdir
+copy_files() {
+  for file in `cat $1/DISTFILES`
+  do
+    case $file in
+    "#*")  continue;;
+    esac
+    dst=`echo $file | sed 's^.*/^^'`
+    if [ $# -eq 3 ]; then
+      case $dst in
+      ${3}*) ;;
+      *) dst=${3}$dst;;
+      esac
+    fi
+    if [ "$2" = '.' ]; then
+      ln -sf $1/$file $2
+    else
+      symlink_to_dir "$1" "$file" "$2/$dst" || exit
+    fi
+# FIXME    ignorefile $2 $dst
+  done
+}
+
+# Import from paxutils
+copy_files ${PAXUTILS} .
+copy_files ${PAXUTILS}/am m4
+
+echo "$0: Creating m4/paxutils.m4"
+(echo "# This file is generated automatically. Please, do not edit."
+ echo "#"
+ echo "AC_DEFUN([${package}_PAXUTILS],["
+ cat ${PAXUTILS}/am/DISTFILES | sed '/^#/d;s/\(.*\)\.m4/pu_\1/' | tr a-z A-Z
+ echo "])") > ./m4/paxutils.m4
+#FIXME ignorefile m4 paxutils.m4
+
+if [ -d rmt ]; then
+   :
+else
+   mkdir rmt
+fi
+
+for dir in doc rmt lib tests
+do
+	copy_files ${PAXUTILS}/$dir $dir
+done
+
+copy_files ${PAXUTILS}/paxlib lib pax

configure.ac

@@ -1,60 +1,56 @@
-# Configure template for GNU tar.
+# Configure template for GNU tar.  -*- autoconf -*-
 
-# Copyright (C) 1991, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-# 2002, 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1991, 1994-2010, 2013-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# This file is part of GNU tar.
+
+# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 # it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
 
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 # but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 # MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
 # GNU General Public License for more details.
 
 # You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-# 02111-1307, USA.
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
-AC_INIT([GNU tar], [1.15], [bug-tar@gnu.org])
+AC_INIT([GNU tar], [1.29], [bug-tar@gnu.org])
 AC_CONFIG_SRCDIR([src/tar.c])
-AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([config])
-AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h:config.hin])
-AC_PREREQ([2.59])
-AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.8 gnits dist-bzip2 dist-shar std-options])
+AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
+AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([config.h])
+AC_PREREQ([2.63])
+AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.11 gnits tar-ustar dist-bzip2 dist-xz std-options silent-rules])
 
-gl_USE_SYSTEM_EXTENSIONS
-AC_PROG_CC
+# Enable silent rules by default:
+AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
+
+AC_PROG_CC_STDC
 AC_EXEEXT
 AC_PROG_RANLIB
 AC_PROG_YACC
+gl_EARLY
+AC_CHECK_TOOLS([AR], [ar])
+
 AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
-AC_ISC_POSIX
 AC_C_INLINE
 
-AC_CHECK_HEADERS(fcntl.h linux/fd.h memory.h net/errno.h \
+AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE(fcntl.h linux/fd.h memory.h net/errno.h \
   sgtty.h string.h \
   sys/param.h sys/device.h sys/gentape.h \
   sys/inet.h sys/io/trioctl.h \
   sys/mtio.h sys/time.h sys/tprintf.h sys/tape.h \
-  unistd.h)
+  unistd.h locale.h)
 
 AC_CHECK_HEADERS([sys/buf.h], [], [],
 [#if HAVE_SYS_PARAM_H
 #include <sys/param.h>
 #endif])
 
-AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT
-AM_STDBOOL_H
-
-AC_HEADER_DIRENT
 AC_HEADER_MAJOR
-AC_HEADER_STAT
-AC_HEADER_STDC
-AC_STRUCT_ST_BLKSIZE
-AC_STRUCT_ST_BLOCKS
+
 AC_MSG_CHECKING([for st_fstype string in struct stat])
 AC_CACHE_VAL(diff_cv_st_fstype_string,
   [AC_TRY_COMPILE([#include <sys/types.h>
@@ -67,11 +63,33 @@ if test $diff_cv_st_fstype_string = yes; then
     [Define if struct stat has a char st_fstype[] member.])
 fi
 
-AC_TYPE_SIGNAL
+# even if we use gnulib's acl.h with integrated m4 file later on (used because
+# of very useful file_has_acl() function) we need following checks that restrict
+# tar to use POSIX.1e ACLs only.
+AC_ARG_WITH([posix-acls],
+    AS_HELP_STRING([--without-posix-acls],
+                   [do not use POSIX.1e access control lists]),
+    [],
+    [with_posix_acls=yes])
+if test "x$with_posix_acls" != "xno"; then
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(sys/acl.h,, [with_posix_acls=no])
+  for tar_acl_func in acl_get_file acl_get_fd acl_set_file acl_set_fd \
+		      acl_to_text acl_from_text acl_delete_def_file \
+		      acl_free; do \
+    test "x$with_posix_acls" = xno && break
+    AC_SEARCH_LIBS([$tar_acl_func], [acl pacl], [], [with_posix_acls=no])
+  done
+  if test "x$with_posix_acls" != xno; then
+    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_POSIX_ACLS,,[Define when we have working POSIX acls])
+  fi
+else
+  # disable acls in gnulib's checks
+  export enable_acl=no
+fi
+
 AC_TYPE_MODE_T
 AC_TYPE_PID_T
 AC_TYPE_OFF_T
-AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
 AC_TYPE_UID_T
 AC_CHECK_TYPE(major_t, , AC_DEFINE(major_t, int,
 				   [Type of major device numbers.]))
@@ -81,54 +99,122 @@ AC_CHECK_TYPE(dev_t, unsigned)
 AC_CHECK_TYPE(ino_t, unsigned)
 
 gt_TYPE_SSIZE_T
-gl_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T
-jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T
 
 # gnulib modules
-tar_GNULIB
+gl_INIT
+# paxutils modules
+tar_PAXUTILS
 
+# gl_GCC_VERSION_IFELSE([major], [minor], [run-if-found], [run-if-not-found])
+# ------------------------------------------------
+# If $CPP is gcc-MAJOR.MINOR or newer, then run RUN-IF-FOUND.
+# Otherwise, run RUN-IF-NOT-FOUND.
+AC_DEFUN([gl_GCC_VERSION_IFELSE],
+  [AC_PREPROC_IFELSE(
+    [AC_LANG_PROGRAM(
+      [[
+#if ($1) < __GNUC__ || (($1) == __GNUC__ && ($2) <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+/* ok */
+#else
+# error "your version of gcc is older than $1.$2"
+#endif
+      ]]),
+    ], [$3], [$4])
+  ]
+)
 
-AC_CHECK_MEMBERS([struct stat.st_spare1, struct stat.st_atim.tv_nsec, struct stat.st_atimespec.tv_nsec, struct stat.st_atimensec], , ,
-                 [
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>])
+AC_ARG_ENABLE([gcc-warnings],
+  [AS_HELP_STRING([--enable-gcc-warnings],
+     [turn on many GCC warnings (for developers; best with GNU make)])],
+  [case $enableval in
+     yes|no) ;;
+     *)      AC_MSG_ERROR([bad value $enableval for gcc-warnings option]) ;;
+   esac
+   gl_gcc_warnings=$enableval],
+  [gl_gcc_warnings=no
+   if test -d "$srcdir"/.git; then
+     gl_GCC_VERSION_IFELSE([4], [6], [gl_gcc_warnings=yes])
+   fi]
+)
 
-# Save and restore LIBS so e.g., -lrt, isn't added to it.  Otherwise, *all*
-# programs in the package would end up linked with that potentially-shared
-# library, inducing unnecessary run-time overhead.
+if test "$gl_gcc_warnings" = yes; then
+  gl_WARN_ADD([-Werror], [WERROR_CFLAGS])
+  AC_SUBST([WERROR_CFLAGS])
 
-# Solaris 2.5.1 needs -lposix4 to get the clock_gettime function.
-# Solaris 7 prefers the library name -lrt to the obsolescent name -lposix4.
-tar_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-  LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME=
-  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(clock_gettime, [rt posix4])
-  case "$ac_cv_search_clock_gettime" in
-    -l*) LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME=$ac_cv_search_clock_gettime;;
-  esac
-  AC_SUBST(LIB_CLOCK_GETTIME)
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(clock_gettime)
-LIBS=$tar_save_LIBS
+  nw=
+  # This, $nw, is the list of warnings we disable.
+  nw="$nw -Wformat-nonliteral"      # warnings in Fedora 17 stdio.h
+  nw="$nw -Wvla"                    # warnings in gettext.h
+  nw="$nw -Wswitch-default"         # Too many warnings for now
+  nw="$nw -Wunsafe-loop-optimizations" # It's OK to omit unsafe optimizations.
+  nw="$nw -Winline"                 # It's OK to not inline.
+  nw="$nw -Wstrict-overflow"	    # It's OK to optimize strictly.
+  nw="$nw -Wsuggest-attribute=pure" # Too many warnings for now.
+  nw="$nw -Wstack-protector"
+
+  gl_MANYWARN_ALL_GCC([ws])
+  gl_MANYWARN_COMPLEMENT([ws], [$ws], [$nw])
+  for w in $ws; do
+    gl_WARN_ADD([$w])
+  done
+  gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-sign-compare])     # Too many warnings for now
+  gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-type-limits])      # It's OK to optimize based on types.
+  gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-unused-parameter]) # Too many warnings for now
+  gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-format-nonliteral])
+  
+  gl_WARN_ADD([-fdiagnostics-show-option])
+  gl_WARN_ADD([-funit-at-a-time])
+  
+
+  AC_SUBST([WARN_CFLAGS])
+
+  AC_DEFINE([lint], [1], [Define to 1 if the compiler is checking for lint.])
+  AH_VERBATIM([FORTIFY_SOURCE],
+  [/* Enable compile-time and run-time bounds-checking, and some warnings,
+      without upsetting glibc 2.15+. */
+   #if !defined _FORTIFY_SOURCE && defined __OPTIMIZE__ && __OPTIMIZE__
+   # define _FORTIFY_SOURCE 2
+   #endif
+  ])
+  AC_DEFINE([GNULIB_PORTCHECK], [1], [enable some gnulib portability checks])
+
+  # Use a slightly smaller set of warning options for lib/.
+  # Remove the following and save the result in GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS.
+  nw=
+  nw="$nw -Wmissing-prototypes"
+  nw="$nw -Wunused-macros"
+  #
+  # These are for argp.
+  nw="$nw -Wmissing-field-initializers"
+  nw="$nw -Wshadow"
+  #
+  gl_MANYWARN_COMPLEMENT([GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS], [$WARN_CFLAGS], [$nw])
+
+  # This is also for argp.
+  gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-missing-field-initializers], [GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS])
+
+  AC_SUBST([GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS])
+
+  # For gnulib-tests, the set is slightly smaller still.
+  nw=
+  # It's not worth being this picky about test programs.
+  nw="$nw -Wsuggest-attribute=const"
+  gl_MANYWARN_COMPLEMENT([GNULIB_TEST_WARN_CFLAGS],
+                         [$GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS], [$nw])
+  AC_SUBST([GNULIB_TEST_WARN_CFLAGS])
+fi
+
+TAR_HEADERS_ATTR_XATTR_H
+
+AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([fchmod fchown fsync lstat mkfifo readlink symlink])
 
-AC_CHECK_FUNCS(fsync lstat mkfifo readlink strerror symlink setlocale utimes)
 AC_CHECK_DECLS([getgrgid],,, [#include <grp.h>])
 AC_CHECK_DECLS([getpwuid],,, [#include <pwd.h>])
 AC_CHECK_DECLS([time],,, [#include <time.h>])
 
-# Set LIB_SETSOCKOPT to -lnsl -lsocket if necessary.
-tar_save_LIBS=$LIBS
-  LIB_SETSOCKOPT=
-  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(setsockopt, [socket], ,
-    [AC_SEARCH_LIBS(setsockopt, [socket], , , [-lnsl])])
-  AC_SEARCH_LIBS(setsockopt, [nsl])
-
-  case "$ac_cv_search_setsockopt" in
-    -l*) LIB_SETSOCKOPT=$ac_cv_search_setsockopt
-  esac
-  AC_SUBST(LIB_SETSOCKOPT)
-LIBS=$tar_save_LIBS
-
 AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(waitpid)
 
+AC_ARG_VAR([RSH], [Configure absolute path to default remote shell binary])
 AC_CACHE_CHECK(for remote shell, tar_cv_path_RSH,
   [if test -n "$RSH"; then
     tar_cv_path_RSH=$RSH
@@ -157,6 +243,14 @@ else
     [Define to the full path of your rsh, if any.])
 fi
 
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(compress)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(gzip)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(bzip2)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(lzip)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(lzma)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(lzop)
+TAR_COMPR_PROGRAM(xz)
+
 AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default archive format)
 
 AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_ARCHIVE_FORMAT],
@@ -181,7 +275,7 @@ if test -z "$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE"; then
   DEFAULT_ARCHIVE=-
 else
   if test -z "`ls $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE 2>/dev/null`"; then
-    AC_MSG_WARN(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE \`$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE' not found on this system)
+    AC_MSG_WARN(DEFAULT_ARCHIVE '$DEFAULT_ARCHIVE' not found on this system)
   fi
   # FIXME: Look for DEFTAPE in <sys/mtio.h>.
   # FIXME: Let DEVICE_PREFIX be configured from the environment.
@@ -189,7 +283,7 @@ else
   case $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE in
     *[[0-7][lmh]])
       AC_DEFINE(DENSITY_LETTER, 1,
-	[[Define to 1 if density may be indicated by [lmh] at end of device.]])
+	[Define to 1 if density may be indicated by [lmh] at end of device.])
       device_prefix=`echo $DEFAULT_ARCHIVE | sed 's/[0-7][lmh]$//'`
       ;;
     *[[0-7]])
@@ -218,7 +312,22 @@ AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_BLOCKING, $DEFAULT_BLOCKING,
   [Define to a number giving the default blocking size for archives.])
 AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_BLOCKING)
 
-PU_RMT
+AC_MSG_CHECKING(for default quoting style)
+
+m4_define([QUOTING_STYLES],dnl
+          [literal|shell|shell-always|c|escape|locale|clocale])
+DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE="escape"
+AC_ARG_VAR([DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE],
+           [Set the default quoting style. Allowed values are: ] m4_bpatsubst(QUOTING_STYLES,[|], [[, ]]) [. Default is "escape".])
+
+case $DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE in
+QUOTING_STYLES) ;;
+*)  AC_MSG_ERROR(Invalid quoting style);;
+esac
+AC_MSG_RESULT($DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE)
+DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE=`echo ${DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE}|sed 's/-/_/g'`_quoting_style
+AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE, $DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE,
+  [Define to a default quoting style (see lib/quoteargs.c for the list)])
 
 # Iconv
 AM_ICONV
@@ -233,8 +342,8 @@ AC_CHECK_TYPE(iconv_t,:,
 ])
 
 # Gettext.
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
-AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION(0.12.1)
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-formatstring-macros])
+AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.16])
 
 # Initialize the test suite.
 AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
@@ -259,9 +368,9 @@ else
 	BACKUP_SED_COND='/^\#IF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/,/^\#ELSE_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d;/^\#ENDIF_DATE_FORMAT_OK/d'
 fi
 
-
 AC_OUTPUT([Makefile\
            doc/Makefile\
+	   gnu/Makefile\
            lib/Makefile\
            po/Makefile.in\
            scripts/Makefile\

directory

@@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
 %%comments:
-Copyright (C) 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright 2004, 2013-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
-Texts. A copy of the license is included in the file COPYING.
+Texts. For a copy of the license, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 %%name: tar
 
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ programs (using pipes); tar can even access remote devices or files
  Jeff Bailey <jbailey@nisa.net>,
  Paul Eggert <eggert@CS.UCLA.EDU>
 
-%%updated: 20 Dec 2004
+%%updated: 21 Dec 2004
 
 %%keywords: archive, backup, tar, pax
 
@@ -65,8 +65,8 @@ programs (using pipes); tar can even access remote devices or files
 %%contributors: Jay Fenlason,
  Joy Kendall,
  Francois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>
- 
-%%source-tarball: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/tar/tar-1.15.tar.gz
+
+%%source-tarball: ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/tar/tar-1.15.1.tar.gz
 %%source-info: http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar
 
 %%repository:
@@ -79,9 +79,8 @@ programs (using pipes); tar can even access remote devices or files
 
 %%related-programs: GNU cpio
 
-%%version: 1.15 (stable) released on 20 Dec 2004
+%%version: 1.15.1 (stable) released on 21 Dec 2004
 
 %%bug-list: bug-tar@gnu.org bug-tar@gnu.org http://mail.gnu.org/mailman/listinfo/bug-tar
 
 %%entry-written-by: Sergey Poznyakoff <gray@gnu.org>
-

doc/.cvsignore

@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-Makefile.in
-Makefile
-header.texi
-tar.info
-version.texi
-stamp-vti
-tar.html
-tar.log
-tar.dvi
-tar.aux
-tar.toc
-tar.cp
-tar.fn
-tar.vr
-tar.tp
-tar.ky
-tar.pg
-tar.ps
-tar.cps
-tar.fns
-tar.pgs
-tar.vrs
-tar.at
-tar.kw
-tar.ex
-tar.ats
-tar.exs
-tar.kws
-tmp-tar.*
-tmp2-tar.*
-html_mono
-html_node
-html_chapter
-*.stamp

doc/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+genfile.texi
+header.texi
+manual
+stamp-vti
+tar.aux
+tar.cp
+tar.cps
+tar.fl
+tar.fn
+tar.info
+tar.info*
+tar.info-*
+tar.kw
+tar.ky
+tar.log
+tar.mt
+tar.op
+tar.pdf
+tar.pg
+tar.pr
+tar.t2d
+tar.toc
+tar.tp
+tar.vr
+version.texi
+/parse-datetime.texi

doc/Makefile.am

@@ -1,202 +1,153 @@
 # Makefile for GNU tar documentation.
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003 Free
+# Copyright 1994-1997, 1999-2001, 2003, 2006-2007, 2013-2014, 2016 Free
 # Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-## any later version.
+# This file is part of GNU tar.
 
-## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-## GNU General Public License for more details.
+# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
 
-## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-## Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
+# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
 
 info_TEXINFOS = tar.texi
-tar_TEXINFOS = fdl.texi freemanuals.texi getdate.texi header.texi
-EXTRA_DIST = convtexi.pl 
+tar_TEXINFOS = \
+ dumpdir.texi\
+ tar-snapshot-edit.texi\
+ fdl.texi\
+ freemanuals.texi\
+ genfile.texi\
+ header.texi\
+ intern.texi\
+ parse-datetime.texi\
+ rendition.texi\
+ snapshot.texi\
+ sparse.texi\
+ value.texi
 
-CLEANFILES = tmp-* tmp2-* index.html
+dist_man_MANS=tar.1 $(RMT_8)
+if PU_RMT_COND
+  RMT_8=rmt.8
+endif
+
+EXTRA_DIST = gendocs_template mastermenu.el texify.sed untabify.el rmt.8
 
 # The rendering level is anyone of PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF.
-# Just call `make dvi RENDITION=PROOF' if you want PROOF rendition.
+# Just call 'make RENDITION=PROOF [target]' if you want PROOF rendition.
 RENDITION = DISTRIB
 
-$(srcdir)/tar.info: tar.texi fdl.texi freemanuals.texi getdate.texi \
-  $(srcdir)/header.texi version.texi
-	$(MAKEINFO) --no-split -D$(RENDITION) -I$(srcdir) tar.texi -o $@
+MAKEINFOFLAGS=-D$(RENDITION)
 
-tmp-tar.texi: tar.texi getdate.texi $(srcdir)/header.texi version.texi
-	$(MAKEINFO) -D$(RENDITION) -Etmp-tar.tmp -otmp-tar.info \
-	  -I$(srcdir) tar.texi
-	rm -f tmp-tar.sed tmp-tar.info*
-	test $(RENDITION) = DISTRIB \
-	  || echo >>tmp-tar.sed 's/^@set DISTRIB/@set $(RENDITION)/'
-	test $(RENDITION) = PUBLISH \
-	  || echo >>tmp-tar.sed '/^@smallbook/d'
-	sed -f tmp-tar.sed tmp-tar.tmp > tmp-tar.texi
-	rm -f tmp-tar.sed tmp-tar.tmp
+header.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h
+	sed -f $(srcdir)/texify.sed $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h \
+	  | expand >$@
 
-tar.dvi: tmp-tar.texi
-	TEXINPUTS=$(top_srcdir)/config:$$TEXINPUTS \
-         MAKEINFO='$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir)' \
-         $(TEXI2DVI) tmp-tar.texi
-	mv tmp-tar.dvi $@
+master-menu: $(tar_TEXINFOS)
+	emacs -batch -l mastermenu.el -f make-master-menu $(info_TEXINFOS)
 
-$(srcdir)/header.texi: $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h
-	sed -n '/Archive Format/,/End of Format/p' $(top_srcdir)/src/tar.h \
-	  | expand | sed 's/\([{}]\)/@\1/g' >$@
+untabify:
+	emacs -batch -l untabify.el $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS)
 
-##
-PROJECT=$(PACKAGE_TARNAME)
-BASE_URL="http://www.gnu.org/software/$(PROJECT)/manual/"
-TEXI2HTML=${SHELL} `cd $(top_srcdir); pwd`/config/missing --run texi2html
-INFO=${SHELL} `cd $(top_srcdir); pwd`/config/missing --run info
-DVIPDF=${SHELL} `cd $(top_srcdir); pwd`/config/missing --run dvipdf
+final: untabify master-menu
+
+# Checking
+check-format:
+	@if test -n "`cat $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS) | tr -d -c '\t'`"; then \
+		echo "Sources contain tabs; run make untabify"; \
+		false; \
+	fi
+
+check-options:
+	@ARGP_HELP_FMT='usage-indent=0,short-opt-col=0,long-opt-col=0,doc-opt-col=0,opt-doc-col=0,header-col=0,rmargin=1' \
+	$(top_builddir)/src/tar --usage | \
+	sed -n 's/^\[--\([^]\=\[]*\).*/\1/p' | sort | uniq > opts.$$$$;\
+	$(MAKEINFO) $(AM_MAKEINFOFLAGS) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS) -I $(srcdir) -E - \
+            $(info_TEXINFOS) | \
+	sed -n '/^@macro/,/^@end macro/d;s/@opindex *\([^@,]*\).*/\1/p' \
+	     | sort | uniq > docs.$$$$;\
+	status=0;\
+	join -v1 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$ > report.$$$$;\
+	if test -s report.$$$$; then \
+          echo 'Not documented options:'; \
+          cat report.$$$$; \
+          status=1; \
+        fi; \
+	join -v2 opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$ > report.$$$$;\
+	if test -s report.$$$$; then \
+	  echo 'Non-existing options:';\
+          cat report.$$$$; \
+          status=1; \
+        fi; \
+	rm opts.$$$$ docs.$$$$ report.$$$$;\
+	test $$status -ne 0 && exit $$status
+
+check-refs:
+	@for file in $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS); \
+	do \
+	  sed -e = $$file | \
+           sed -n 'N;/@FIXME-.*ref/{s/\(^[0-9][0-9]*\).*@FIXME-.*ref{\([^}]*\).*/'$$file':\1: \2/gp}'; \
+	done > $@-t; \
+	if [ -s $@-t ]; then \
+	  echo "Unresolved cross-references:"; \
+	  cat $@-t;\
+	  rm $@-t; \
+	else \
+	  rm -f $@-t; \
+	fi
+
+check-fixmes:
+	@for file in $(info_TEXINFOS); \
+	do \
+	  sed -e = $$file | \
+           sed -n 'N;/@FIXME{/{s/\(^[0-9][0-9]*\).*@FIXME{\([^}]*\).*/'$$file':\1: \2/gp}'; \
+	done > $@-t; \
+	if [ -s $@-t ]; then \
+	  echo "Unresolved FIXMEs:"; \
+	  cat $@-t; \
+	  rm $@-t; \
+	  false; \
+	else \
+          rm -f $@-t; \
+	fi
+
+check-unrevised:
+	@grep -Hn @UNREVISED $(info_TEXINFOS) > $@-t; \
+	if [ -s $@-t ]; then \
+	  echo "Unrevised nodes:"; \
+	  cat $@-t; \
+	  rm $@-t; \
+	  false;\
+	else \
+          rm $@-t; \
+	fi
+
+all-check-docs: check-format check-options check-refs check-fixmes check-unrevised
+
+check-docs:
+	$(MAKE) -k all-check-docs
+
+#
 
 clean-local:
-	rm -rf $(WEBDOC) $(WEB_HTML_STAMPS)
+	rm -rf manual
 
-html: html_mono.stamp html_node.stamp html_chapter.stamp
+GENDOCS=gendocs.sh
 
-tmp2-$(PROJECT).texi: Makefile tmp-$(PROJECT).texi
-	echo '/@copying/,/@end copying/{H;x;s/@copying//;s/@end copying//;x;}' > tmp2.sed
-	echo '/@insertcopying/{x;h;}' >> tmp2.sed
-	echo 's/\(.\)@ifset/\1\' >> tmp2.sed
-	echo '@ifset/' >> tmp2.sed
-	sed -f tmp2.sed tmp-$(PROJECT).texi > tmp2-$(PROJECT).texi
-	rm -f tmp2.sed
-
-html_node.stamp: tmp2-$(PROJECT).texi
-	texi2html="$(TEXI2HTML)";\
-	if ! test -d html_node; then mkdir html_node; fi; \
-	cd html_node; \
-	$$texi2html -menu -split_node -prefix $(PROJECT) ../tmp2-$(PROJECT).texi; \
-	cd ..; \
-	touch html_node.stamp
-
-html_chapter.stamp: tmp2-$(PROJECT).texi
-	texi2html="$(TEXI2HTML)";\
-	if ! test -d html_chapter; then mkdir html_chapter; fi; \
-	cd html_chapter; \
-	$$texi2html -menu -split_chapter -prefix $(PROJECT) ../tmp2-$(PROJECT).texi; \
-	cd ..; \
-	touch html_chapter.stamp
-
-html_mono.stamp: tmp2-$(PROJECT).texi
-	texi2html="$(TEXI2HTML)";\
-	if ! test -d html_mono; then mkdir html_mono; fi; \
-	cd html_mono; \
-	$$texi2html -menu -monolithic -prefix $(PROJECT) ../tmp2-$(PROJECT).texi; \
-	cd ..; \
-	touch html_mono.stamp
-
-ps: $(PROJECT).ps
-
-$(PROJECT).ps: $(PROJECT).dvi
-	$(DVIPS) -o$(PROJECT).ps $(PROJECT).dvi
-
-# Override the default rule. The texinfo <= 4.5 is unable to cope with
-# tar docs.
-$(PROJECT).pdf: $(PROJECT).dvi
-	$(DVIPDF) $(PROJECT).dvi
-
-text: $(PROJECT).text
-
-$(PROJECT).text: Makefile $(PROJECT).info
-	$(INFO) --node=Top --subnodes --out $(PROJECT).text -f ./$(PROJECT).info
-
-$(PROJECT).info.tar.gz: Makefile
-	rm -f $(PROJECT).info.tar.gz
-	tar cf $(PROJECT).info.tar $(PROJECT).info*
-	gzip -f $(PROJECT).info.tar
-
-$(PROJECT).dvi.gz: Makefile $(PROJECT).dvi
-	gzip -c $(PROJECT).dvi > $(PROJECT).dvi.gz
-
-$(PROJECT).ps.gz: Makefile $(PROJECT).ps
-	gzip -c $(PROJECT).ps > $(PROJECT).ps.gz
-
-$(PROJECT).pdf.gz: Makefile $(PROJECT).pdf
-	gzip -c $(PROJECT).pdf > $(PROJECT).pdf.gz
-
-$(PROJECT).texi.tar.gz: Makefile $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS)
-	tar cfz $(PROJECT).texi.tar.gz $(info_TEXINFOS) $(tar_TEXINFOS)
-
-WEB_HTML=\
- html_mono\
- html_node\
- html_chapter
-
-WEB_HTML_STAMPS=$(patsubst %,%.stamp,$(WEB_HTML))
-
-WEB_BIN=\
- $(PROJECT).info.tar.gz\
- $(PROJECT).dvi.gz\
- $(PROJECT).pdf.gz\
- $(PROJECT).ps.gz\
- $(PROJECT).texi.tar.gz\
- $(PROJECT).text
-
-WEBDOC=$(WEB_HTML) $(WEB_BIN) 
-
-webdocdir: $(WEB_HTML_STAMPS) $(WEB_BIN) index.html
-	if ! test -d $(WEBDOCDIR); then mkdir $(WEBDOCDIR); fi; \
-	here=`cd $(srcdir) && pwd`; \
-	webdocdir=`cd $(WEBDOCDIR) && pwd`; \
-	for file in $(WEB_HTML) index.html; do \
-	  if test -d $$here/$$file; then \
-	    cp -pr $$here/$$file $$webdocdir/$$file; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f $$webdocdir/$$file \
-	    || ln $$here/$$file $$webdocdir/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $$here/$$file $$webdocdir/$$file || :; \
-	  fi; \
-	done; \
-	if ! test -d $(WEBDOCDIR)/other; then mkdir $(WEBDOCDIR)/other; fi;\
-	for file in $(WEB_BIN); do \
-	  if test -d $$here/$$file; then \
-	    cp -pr $$here/$$file $$webdocdir/other/$$file; \
-	  else \
-	    test -f $$webdocdir/other/$$file \
-	    || ln $$here/$$file $$webdocdir/other/$$file 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $$here/$$file $$webdocdir/other/$$file || :; \
-	  fi; \
-	done
-
-index.html: index.html.in $(WEBDOC)
-	@echo "s^%BASE_URL%^$(BASE_URL)^;" > .webdoc
-	@echo "s/%DATE%/`date`/;" >> .webdoc
-	@echo "s/%UPDATED%/`date +'%B, %d'`/;" >> .webdoc
-	@echo "s/%PACKAGE_NAME%/$(PACKAGE_NAME)/" >> .webdoc
-	@echo "s/%PACKAGE%/$(PACKAGE)/" >> .webdoc
-	@echo "s/%VERSION%/$(VERSION)/" >> .webdoc
-	@for file in `sed -n 's,.*"other/%PACKAGE%\(.*\)".*,$(PACKAGE)\1,pg;s,.*"\(.*\)%PACKAGE%\(.*\)".*,\1$(PACKAGE)\2,pg' index.html.in`; \
-	do\
-		ls -sk $$file; \
-	done |\
-         $(AWK) -vPACKAGE=$(PACKAGE) \
-                'BEGIN { len = length(PACKAGE) } \
-                 { gsub("\\.", "_", $$2); \
-                   if (match($$2,"/")) \
-                       $$2=substr($$2,RSTART+1); \
-                   print "s/%" toupper(substr($$2,len+2)) "_SIZE%/" $$1 "/;" }' >> .webdoc
-	sed -f .webdoc index.html.in > index.html
-	rm -f .webdoc
-
-webdocname=$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)-doc
-WEBDOCDIR=$(webdocname)
-
-webdoc: 
-	$(MAKE) RENDITION=PUBLISH WEBDOCDIR=$(top_builddir)/doc/$(webdocname) webdocdir
-	cd $(top_builddir)/doc &&\
-	tar cfz $(webdocname).tar.gz $(webdocname) &&\
-	rm -r $(webdocname)
-
-## End of webdoc
+TEXI2DVI=texi2dvi -t '@set $(RENDITION)' -E
 
+# Make sure you set TEXINPUTS
+# Usual value is:
+# /usr/share/texmf/pdftex/plain/misc:/usr/share/texmf/pdftex/config
+manual:
+	TEXINPUTS=$(srcdir):$(top_srcdir)/build-tex:$(TEXINPUTS) \
+	 MAKEINFO="$(MAKEINFO) $(MAKEINFOFLAGS)" \
+	 TEXI2DVI="$(TEXI2DVI) -t @finalout" \
+	$(GENDOCS) --texi2html tar 'GNU tar manual'

doc/convtexi.pl

@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-#!/usr/local/bin/perl --					# -*-Perl-*-
-eval "exec /usr/local/bin/perl -S $0 $*"
-    if 0;
-
-# Copy a Texinfo file, replacing @value's, @FIXME's and other gooddies.
-
-# Copyright (C) 1996, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-#
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-# under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-# Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
-# version.
-#
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but
-# WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU General
-# Public License for more details.
-#
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-# with this program.  If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-# 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-
-# François Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
-
-$_ = <>;
-while ($_)
-{
-    if (/^\@c()$/ || /^\@c (.*)/ || /^\@(include .*)/)
-    {
-	if ($topseen)
-	{
-	    print "\@format\n";
-	    print "\@strong{\@\@c} $1\n";
-	    $_ = <>;
-	    while (/\@c (.*)/)
-	    {
-		print "\@strong{\@\@c} $1\n";
-		$_ = <>;
-	    }
-	    print "\@end format\n";
-	}
-	else
-	{
-	    $delay .= "\@format\n";
-	    $delay .= "\@strong{\@\@c} $1\n";
-	    $_ = <>;
-	    while (/\@c (.*)/)
-	    {
-		$delay .= "\@strong{\@\@c} $1\n";
-		$_ = <>;
-	    }
-	    $delay .= "\@end format\n";
-	}
-    }
-    elsif (/^\@chapter /)
-    {
-	print;
-#	print $delay;
-	$delay = '';
-	$topseen = 1;
-	$_ = <>;
-    }
-    elsif (/^\@macro /)
-    {
-	$_ = <> while ($_ && ! /^\@end macro/);
-	$_ = <>;
-    }
-    elsif (/^\@set ([^ ]+) (.*)/)
-    {
-	$set{$1} = $2;
-	$_ = <>;
-    }
-    elsif (/^\@UNREVISED/)
-    {
-	print "\@quotation\n";
-	print "\@emph{(This message will disappear, once this node is revised.)}\n";
-	print "\@end quotation\n";
-	$_ = <>;
-    }
-    else
-    {
-	while (/\@value{([^\}]*)}/)
-	{
-	    if (defined $set{$1})
-	    {
-		$_ = "$`$set{$1}$'";
-	    }
-	    else
-	    {
-		$_ = "$`\@strong{<UNDEFINED>}$1\@strong{</UNDEFINED>}$'";
-	    }
-	}
-	while (/\@FIXME-?([a-z]*)\{/)
-	{
-	    $tag = $1 eq '' ? 'fixme' : $1;
-	    $tag =~ y/a-z/A-Z/;
-	    print "$`\@strong{<$tag>}";
-	    $_ = $';
-	    $level = 1;
-	    while ($level > 0)
-	    {
-		if (/([{}])/)
-		{
-		    if ($1 eq '{')
-		    {
-			$level++;
-			print "$`\{";
-			$_ = $';
-		    }
-		    elsif ($level > 1)
-		    {
-			$level--;
-			print "$`\}";
-			$_ = $';
-		    }
-		    else
-		    {
-			$level = 0;
-			print "$`\@strong{</$tag>}";
-			$_ = $';
-		    }
-		}
-		else
-		{
-		    print;
-		    $_ = <>;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-	print;
-	$_ = <>;
-    }
-}
-exit 0;

doc/dumpdir.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,132 @@
+@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
+@c Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
+@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
+@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  Incremental archives keep information about contents of each
+dumped directory in special data blocks called @dfn{dumpdirs}.
+
+  Dumpdir is a sequence of entries of the following form:
+
+@smallexample
+@var{C} @var{filename} \0
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where @var{C} is one of the @dfn{control codes} described below,
+@var{filename} is the name of the file @var{C} operates upon, and
+@samp{\0} represents a nul character (ASCII 0).  The white space
+characters were added for readability, real dumpdirs do not contain
+them.
+
+  Each dumpdir ends with a single nul character.
+
+  The following table describes control codes and their meanings:
+
+@table @samp
+@item Y
+@var{filename} is contained in the archive.
+
+@item N
+@var{filename} was present in the directory at the time the archive
+was made, yet it was not dumped to the archive, because it had not
+changed since the last backup.
+
+@item D
+@var{filename} is a directory.
+
+@item R
+This code requests renaming of the @var{filename} to the name
+specified with the @samp{T} command, that immediately follows it.
+
+@item T
+Specify target file name for @samp{R} command (see below).
+
+@item X
+Specify @dfn{temporary directory} name for a rename operation (see below).
+@end table
+
+  Codes @samp{Y}, @samp{N} and @samp{D} require @var{filename} argument
+to be a relative file name to the directory this dumpdir describes,
+whereas codes @samp{R}, @samp{T} and @samp{X} require their argument
+to be an absolute file name.
+
+ The three codes @samp{R}, @samp{T} and @samp{X} specify a
+@dfn{renaming operation}.  In the simplest case it is:
+
+@smallexample
+R@file{source}\0T@file{dest}\0
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+which means ``rename file @file{source} to file @file{dest}''.
+
+  However, there are cases that require using a @dfn{temporary
+directory}.  For example, consider the following scenario:
+
+@enumerate 1
+@item
+Previous run dumped a directory @file{foo} which contained the
+following three directories:
+
+@smallexample
+a
+b
+c
+@end smallexample
+
+@item
+They were renamed @emph{cyclically}, so that:
+
+@example
+@file{a} became @file{b}
+@file{b} became @file{c}
+@file{c} became @file{a}
+@end example
+
+@item
+New incremental dump was made.
+@end enumerate
+
+  This case cannot be handled by three successive renames, since
+renaming @file{a} to @file{b} will destroy the existing directory.
+To correctly process it, @GNUTAR{} needs a temporary directory, so
+it creates the following dumpdir (newlines have been added for
+readability):
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+Xfoo\0
+Rfoo/a\0T\0
+Rfoo/b\0Tfoo/c\0
+Rfoo/c\0Tfoo/a\0
+R\0Tfoo/a\0
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+  The first command, @samp{Xfoo\0}, instructs the extractor to create a
+temporary directory in the directory @file{foo}.  Second command,
+@samp{Rfoo/aT\0}, says ``rename file @file{foo/a} to the temporary
+directory that has just been created'' (empty file name after a
+command means use temporary directory).  Third and fourth commands
+work as usual, and, finally, the last command, @samp{R\0Tfoo/a\0}
+tells tar to rename the temporary directory to @file{foo/a}.
+
+  The exact placement of a dumpdir in the archive depends on the
+archive format (@pxref{Formats}):
+
+@itemize
+@item PAX archives
+
+In PAX archives, dumpdir is stored in the extended header of the
+corresponding directory, in variable @code{GNU.dumpdir}.
+
+@item GNU and old GNU archives
+
+These formats implement special header type @samp{D}, which is similar
+to ustar header @samp{5} (directory), except that it precedes a data
+block containing the dumpdir.
+@end itemize
+
+@c End of dumpdir.texi

doc/fdl.texi

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
+@c The GNU Free Documentation License.
+@center Version 1.3, 3 November 2008
 
-@node GNU Free Documentation License
-@appendixsec GNU Free Documentation License
-
-@cindex FDL, GNU Free Documentation License
-@center Version 1.2, November 2002
+@c This file is intended to be included within another document,
+@c hence no sectioning command or @node.
 
 @display
-Copyright @copyright{} 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307, USA
+Copyright @copyright{} 2000-2002, 2007-2008, 2014, 2016 Free Software
+Foundation, Inc.
+@uref{http://fsf.org/}
 
 Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
 of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
@@ -93,16 +93,16 @@ An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount
 of text.  A copy that is not ``Transparent'' is called ``Opaque''.
 
 Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain
-@sc{ascii} without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
-format, @acronym{SGML} or @acronym{XML} using a publicly available
-@acronym{DTD}, and standard-conforming simple @acronym{HTML},
-PostScript or @acronym{PDF} designed for human modification.  Examples
-of transparent image formats include @acronym{PNG}, @acronym{XCF} and
-@acronym{JPG}.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
-read and edited only by proprietary word processors, @acronym{SGML} or
-@acronym{XML} for which the @acronym{DTD} and/or processing tools are
-not generally available, and the machine-generated @acronym{HTML},
-PostScript or @acronym{PDF} produced by some word processors for
+ASCII without markup, Texinfo input format, La@TeX{} input
+format, SGML or XML using a publicly available
+DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML,
+PostScript or PDF designed for human modification.  Examples
+of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and
+JPG.  Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be
+read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or
+XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are
+not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML,
+PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for
 output purposes only.
 
 The ``Title Page'' means, for a printed book, the title page itself,
@@ -112,6 +112,9 @@ formats which do not have any title page as such, ``Title Page'' means
 the text near the most prominent appearance of the work's title,
 preceding the beginning of the body of the text.
 
+The ``publisher'' means any person or entity that distributes copies
+of the Document to the public.
+
 A section ``Entitled XYZ'' means a named subunit of the Document whose
 title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following
 text that translates XYZ in another language.  (Here XYZ stands for a
@@ -380,13 +383,30 @@ title.
 @item
 TERMINATION
 
-You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except
-as expressly provided for under this License.  Any other attempt to
-copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will
-automatically terminate your rights under this License.  However,
-parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this
-License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
-parties remain in full compliance.
+You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document
+except as expressly provided under this License.  Any attempt
+otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute it is void, and
+will automatically terminate your rights under this License.
+
+However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license
+from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally,
+unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and finally
+terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder
+fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to
+60 days after the cessation.
+
+Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
+reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
+violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
+received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
+copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
+your receipt of the notice.
+
+Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
+licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
+this License.  If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
+reinstated, receipt of a copy of some or all of the same material does
+not give you any rights to use it.
 
 @item
 FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE
@@ -404,11 +424,46 @@ following the terms and conditions either of that specified version or
 of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the
 Free Software Foundation.  If the Document does not specify a version
 number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not
-as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
+as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.  If the Document
+specifies that a proxy can decide which future versions of this
+License can be used, that proxy's public statement of acceptance of a
+version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the
+Document.
+
+@item
+RELICENSING
+
+``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration Site'' (or ``MMC Site'') means any
+World Wide Web server that publishes copyrightable works and also
+provides prominent facilities for anybody to edit those works.  A
+public wiki that anybody can edit is an example of such a server.  A
+``Massive Multiauthor Collaboration'' (or ``MMC'') contained in the
+site means any set of copyrightable works thus published on the MMC
+site.
+
+``CC-BY-SA'' means the Creative Commons Attribution-Share Alike 3.0
+license published by Creative Commons Corporation, a not-for-profit
+corporation with a principal place of business in San Francisco,
+California, as well as future copyleft versions of that license
+published by that same organization.
+
+``Incorporate'' means to publish or republish a Document, in whole or
+in part, as part of another Document.
+
+An MMC is ``eligible for relicensing'' if it is licensed under this
+License, and if all works that were first published under this License
+somewhere other than this MMC, and subsequently incorporated in whole
+or in part into the MMC, (1) had no cover texts or invariant sections,
+and (2) were thus incorporated prior to November 1, 2008.
+
+The operator of an MMC Site may republish an MMC contained in the site
+under CC-BY-SA on the same site at any time before August 1, 2009,
+provided the MMC is eligible for relicensing.
+
 @end enumerate
 
 @page
-@appendixsubsec ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
+@heading ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents
 
 To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of
 the License in the document and put the following copyright and
@@ -418,7 +473,7 @@ license notices just after the title page:
 @group
   Copyright (C)  @var{year}  @var{your name}.
   Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
-  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2
+  under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3
   or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
   with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover
   Texts.  A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
@@ -427,7 +482,7 @@ license notices just after the title page:
 @end smallexample
 
 If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts,
-replace the ``with...Texts.'' line with this:
+replace the ``with@dots{}Texts.'' line with this:
 
 @smallexample
 @group

doc/gendocs_template

@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="utf-8" ?>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+    "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+<!-- $Id: gendocs_template,v 1.5 2007/10/30 14:58:52 gray Exp $ -->
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
+
+<head>
+<title>%%TITLE%% - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF)</title>
+<meta http-equiv="content-type" content='text/html; charset=utf-8' />
+<link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="/gnu.css" />
+<link rev="made" href="mailto:gray@gnu.org" />
+ <link rel="icon" type="image/png" href="/graphics/gnu-head-icon.png" />
+</head>
+
+<!-- This document is in XML, and xhtml 1.0 -->
+<!-- Please make sure to properly nest your tags -->
+<!-- and ensure that your final document validates -->
+<!-- consistent with W3C xhtml 1.0 and CSS standards -->
+<!-- See validator.w3.org -->
+
+<body>
+
+<h3>%%TITLE%%</h3>
+
+<address>Free Software Foundation</address>
+<address>last updated %%DATE%%</address>
+<p>
+<a href="/graphics/gnu-head.jpg">
+	<img src="/graphics/gnu-head-sm.jpg"
+	alt=" [image of the head of a GNU] "
+	width="129" height="122" />
+</a>
+</p>
+<hr />
+
+<p>The manual for %%PACKAGE%% is available in the following formats:</p>
+
+<ul>
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html">HTML
+      (%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%K bytes)</a> - entirely on one web page.</li>
+  <li><a href="html_node/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
+      node.</li>
+%%IF HTML_SECTION%%
+  <li><a href="html_section/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
+      section.</li>
+%%ENDIF HTML_SECTION%%
+%%IF HTML_CHAPTER%%
+  <li><a href="html_chapter/index.html">HTML</a> - with one web page per
+      chapter.</li>
+%%ENDIF HTML_CHAPTER%%
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html.gz">HTML compressed
+      (%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%K gzipped characters)</a> - entirely on
+      one web page.</li>
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_node.tar.gz">HTML compressed
+      (%%HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
+      with one web page per node.</li>
+%%IF HTML_SECTION%%
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_section.tar.gz">HTML compressed
+      (%%HTML_SECTION_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
+      with one web page per section.</li>
+%%ENDIF HTML_SECTION%%
+%%IF HTML_CHAPTER%%
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.html_chapter.tar.gz">HTML compressed
+      (%%HTML_CHAPTER_TGZ_SIZE%%K gzipped tar file)</a> -
+      with one web page per chapter.</li>
+%%ENDIF HTML_CHAPTER%%
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.info.tar.gz">Info document
+      (%%INFO_TGZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped tar file)</a>.</li>
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.txt">ASCII text
+      (%%ASCII_SIZE%%K characters)</a>.</li>
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.txt.gz">ASCII text compressed
+      (%%ASCII_GZ_SIZE%%K gzipped characters)</a>.</li>
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.dvi.gz">TeX dvi file
+      (%%DVI_GZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped)</a>.</li>
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.ps.gz">PostScript file
+      (%%PS_GZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped)</a>.</li>
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.pdf">PDF file
+      (%%PDF_SIZE%%K characters)</a>.</li>
+  <li><a href="%%PACKAGE%%.texi.tar.gz">Texinfo source
+      (%%TEXI_TGZ_SIZE%%K characters gzipped tar file)</a></li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>(This page generated by the <a
+href="%%SCRIPTURL%%">%%SCRIPTNAME%%</a> script.)
+</p>
+
+<p>
+<a href="http://validator.w3.org/check?uri=referer"><img
+          src="http://www.w3.org/Icons/valid-xhtml10"
+          alt="Valid XHTML 1.0!" height="31" width="88" /></a>
+</p>
+
+<div class="copyright">
+<p>
+Return to the <a href="/home.html">GNU Project home page</a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Please send FSF &amp; GNU inquiries to
+<a href="mailto:gnu@gnu.org"><em>gnu@gnu.org</em></a>.
+There are also <a href="/home.html#ContactInfo">other ways to contact</a>
+the FSF.
+<br />
+Please send broken links and other corrections (or suggestions) to
+<a href="mailto:webmasters@gnu.org"><em>webmasters@gnu.org</em></a>.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Copyright 2004, 2013-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
+51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02111, USA
+<br />
+Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article is
+permitted in any medium, provided this notice is preserved.
+</p>
+
+<p>
+Updated:
+<!-- timestamp start -->
+$Date: 2007/10/30 14:58:52 $ $Author: gray $
+<!-- timestamp end -->
+</p>
+</div>
+
+</body>
+</html>

doc/index.html.in

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-<!-- X-URL: %BASE_URL% -->
-<!-- Date: %DATE% -->
-<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN">
-<HTML>
-<HEAD>
- <TITLE>%PACKAGE_NAME% Reference Manual - Table of Contents - GNU Project - Free Software Foundation (FSF)</TITLE>
- <LINK REV="made" HREF="mailto:gray@gnu.org">
- <BASE HREF="%BASE_URL%">
- <META HTTP-EQUIV="Content-Type" CONTENT="text/html; CHARSET=US-ASCII">
- <META NAME="keywords" CONTENT="tar rmt">
-</HEAD>
-<BODY BGCOLOR="#FFFFFF" TEXT="#000000" LINK="#1F00FF" ALINK="#FF0000" VLINK="#9900DD">
-<H1>%PACKAGE_NAME% Reference Manual - Table of Contents</H1>
-<ADDRESS>Free Software Foundation</ADDRESS>
-<ADDRESS>last updated %UPDATED%</ADDRESS>
-<P>
-<A HREF="/graphics/gnu-head-sm.jpg"><IMG SRC="/graphics/gnu-head-sm.jpg"
-   ALT=" [image of the Head of a GNU] "
-   WIDTH="129" HEIGHT="122">&#32;(jpeg 7k)</A>
-<A HREF="/graphics/gnu-head.jpg">(jpeg 21k)</A>
-<A HREF="/philosophy/gif.html">no gifs due to patent problems</A>
-<P>
-<P>
-<P><HR><P>
-<P>
-This manual is available in the following formats:
-<P>
-<UL>
-  <LI>formatted in <A HREF="html_mono/%PACKAGE%.html">HTML
-      (%HTML_SIZE%K characters)</A> entirely on one web page.</LI>
-  <LI> formatted in <a href="html_chapter/%PACKAGE%_toc.html">HTML</a>
-       with one web page per chapter.</LI>
-  <LI> formatted in <a href="html_node/%PACKAGE%_toc.html">HTML</a>
-       with one web page per node.</LI>
-  <LI>formatted as an
-      <A HREF="other/%PACKAGE%.info.tar.gz">Info document (%INFO_TAR_GZ_SIZE%K characters
-      gzipped tar file)</A>.</LI>
-  <LI>formatted as
-      <A HREF="other/%PACKAGE%.text">ASCII text (%TEXT_SIZE%K characters)</A>.</LI>
-  <LI>formatted as
-      <A HREF="other/%PACKAGE%.dvi.gz">a TeX dvi file (%DVI_GZ_SIZE%K characters
-      gzipped)</A>.</LI>
-  <LI>formatted as
-      <A href="other/%PACKAGE%.ps.gz">a PostScript file (%PS_GZ_SIZE%K characters
-      gzipped)</A>.</LI>
-  <LI>formatted as
-      <A href="other/%PACKAGE%.pdf.gz">a PDF file (%PDF_GZ_SIZE%K characters
-      gzipped)</A>.</LI>
-  <LI>the original
-      <A HREF="other/%PACKAGE%.texi.tar.gz">Texinfo source (%TEXI_TAR_GZ_SIZE%K characters
-      gzipped tar file)</A></LI>
-</UL>
-<P>
-
-<HR>
-
-Return to <A HREF="/home.html">GNU's home page</A>.
-<P>
-Send FSF &amp; GNU inquiries &amp; questions to
-<A HREF="mailto:gnu@gnu.org"><EM>gnu@gnu.org</EM></A>.
-Other <A HREF="/home.html#ContactInfo">ways to contact</A> the FSF.
-<P>
-Comments on these web pages to
-<A HREF="mailto:webmasters@www.gnu.org"><EM>webmasters@www.gnu.org</EM></A>,
-send other questions to
-<A HREF="mailto:gnu@gnu.org"><EM>gnu@gnu.org</EM></A>.
-<P>
-Copyright (C) 1997, 1998 Free Software Foundation, Inc.,
-59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111,  USA
-<P>
-Verbatim copying and distribution of this entire article is
-permitted in any medium, provided this notice is preserved.<HR>
-</BODY>
-</HTML>
-<!--
- Local Variables:
- mode: html
- end:
--->

doc/intern.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,332 @@
+@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
+@c Copyright (C) 2006, 2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
+@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+@menu
+* Standard::           Basic Tar Format
+* Extensions::         @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
+* Sparse Formats::     Storing Sparse Files
+* Snapshot Files::
+* Dumpdir::
+@end menu
+
+@node Standard
+@unnumberedsec Basic Tar Format
+@UNREVISED
+
+While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
+single ordinary file.  Like any other file, an archive file can be
+written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
+pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
+stored in another archive.  An archive file is not easy to read or
+manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
+@acronym{GNU} Emacs.
+
+Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
+by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
+bytes.  A file
+entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
+@dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
+of the file.  File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
+information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
+information about file types.
+
+Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
+member name.  One way this situation can occur is if more than one
+version of a file has been stored in the archive.  For information
+about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
+
+In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
+contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
+@xref{label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
+
+A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks.  Each block
+contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes.  Although this format may be thought
+of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
+
+Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
+the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
+of the file.  At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
+filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker.  A reasonable system
+should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
+must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive.  In
+particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
+
+The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
+Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
+@option{--blocking-factor=@var{512-size}} (@option{-b @var{512-size}}) option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
+@w{@samp{write ()}} operation.  On magnetic tapes, the result of
+such a write is a single record.  When writing an archive,
+the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
+blocks after the zero block containing all zeros.  When reading
+an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
+whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
+records after a zero block.
+
+The header block is defined in C as follows.  In the @GNUTAR{}
+distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
+
+@smallexample
+@include header.texi
+@end smallexample
+
+All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
+characters in the local variant of ASCII.  Each field within the
+structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
+the structure.  Each character on the archive medium is stored
+contiguously.
+
+Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
+of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
+to represent characters in any character set.  The @command{tar} format
+does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
+of file contents is performed.
+
+The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
+@code{gname} are null-terminated character strings.  All other fields
+are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII.  Each numeric field of width
+@var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
+
+The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
+(if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
+
+@FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
+
+The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
+and three bits to specify the Set @acronym{UID}, Set @acronym{GID}, and Save Text
+(@dfn{sticky}) modes.  Values for these bits are defined above.
+When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
+mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
+permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
+are ignored.  Modes which are not supported by the operating system
+restoring files from the archive will be ignored.  Unsupported modes
+should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g., the
+group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
+
+The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
+@acronym{ID} of the file owners, respectively.  If the operating system does
+not support numeric user or group @acronym{ID}s, these fields should
+be ignored.
+
+The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
+are archived with this field specified as zero.
+
+The @code{mtime} field is the data modification time of the file at
+the time it was archived.  It is the ASCII representation of the octal
+value of the last time the file's contents were modified, represented
+as an integer number of
+seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
+
+The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
+of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block.  Each 8-bit
+byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
+zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
+When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
+if it were all blanks.
+
+The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived.  If a
+particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
+type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file.  As this
+action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
+
+The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
+backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access and
+status change times.
+
+The @code{offset} is used by the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option, when
+making a multi-volume archive.  The offset is number of bytes into
+the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
+tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
+continued at.
+
+The following fields were added to deal with sparse files.  A file
+is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
+represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data.  A test to see if a file
+is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
+number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
+for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
+size, then the file is sparse.  This is the method @command{tar} uses to
+detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
+differently from non-sparse files.
+
+Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
+which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
+the file.  Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
+-l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
+of important data contained in the file.  It is thus undesirable
+to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
+great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
+to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
+Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
+not written to the tape.  Instead, what is written to the tape is a
+description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
+big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
+This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
+and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
+it looked beforehand.  The following is a description of the fields
+used to handle a sparse file:
+
+The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}.  Each @code{struct
+sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
+into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
+The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
+array element.
+
+The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
+if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
+
+The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
+is needed to deal with a file.  Note that this means that this flag
+can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
+in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
+allotted room for sparse structures in the header.  In other words,
+an extended_header is needed.
+
+The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
+need more sparse structures than can fit in the header.  The header can
+fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
+gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
+
+Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
+sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
+that the header had.  There can be an indeterminate number of such
+@code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
+
+@table @asis
+
+@item @code{REGTYPE}
+@itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
+These flags represent a regular file.  In order to be compatible
+with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
+@code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
+New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}.  Also, for
+backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
+ends with a slash as a directory.
+
+@item @code{LNKTYPE}
+This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
+previously archived.  Such files are identified in Unix by each
+file having the same device and inode number.  The linked-to name is
+specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
+
+@item @code{SYMTYPE}
+This represents a symbolic link to another file.  The linked-to name
+is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
+
+@item @code{CHRTYPE}
+@itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
+These represent character special files and block special files
+respectively.  In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
+fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
+Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
+local specification, or may ignore the entry.
+
+@item @code{DIRTYPE}
+This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory.  The directory
+name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash.  On systems where
+disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
+will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
+the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
+hold.  A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting.  Systems
+which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
+@code{size} field.
+
+@item @code{FIFOTYPE}
+This specifies a FIFO special file.  Note that the archiving of a
+FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
+
+@item @code{CONTTYPE}
+This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
+file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
+space is allocated contiguously on the disk.  Operating systems
+which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
+type as a normal file.
+
+@item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
+These are reserved for custom implementations.  Some of these are
+used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
+
+@end table
+
+Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
+the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
+
+The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
+the P1003 archive format.  If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
+the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
+representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
+If found, the user and group @acronym{ID}s are used rather than the values in
+the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
+
+For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
+169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
+IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
+(section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
+
+@node Extensions
+@unnumberedsec @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
+@UNREVISED
+
+The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
+files in an archive.  These are listed below.
+
+@table @code
+@item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
+@itemx 'D'
+This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
+@option{--incremental} (@option{-G}) option.  The @code{size} field gives the total
+size of the associated list of files.  Each file name is preceded by
+either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
+(The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.)  Each file
+name is terminated by a null.  There is an additional null after the
+last file name.
+
+@item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
+@itemx 'M'
+This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
+archive created with the @option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}) option.  The original
+type of the file is not given here.  The @code{size} field gives the
+maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
+not end before the file is written out).  The @code{offset} field
+gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
+the file begins.  Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
+the original size of the file.
+
+@item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
+@itemx 'S'
+This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file.  Note
+that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
+holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
+with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
+
+@item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
+@itemx 'V'
+This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
+the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option when the archive was created.  The @code{name}
+field contains the @code{name} given after the @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) option.
+The @code{size} field is zero.  Only the first file in each volume
+of an archive should have this type.
+
+@end table
+
+You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
+non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @option{--incremental} (@option{-G}),
+@option{--multi-volume} (@option{-M}), @option{--sparse} (@option{-S}), or @option{--label=@var{archive-label}} (@option{-V @var{archive-label}}) were
+used when writing the archive.  In general, if @command{tar} does not
+use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
+@command{tar} should be able to read the archive.  Otherwise, the
+@command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
+checksum error.
+
+@node Sparse Formats
+@unnumberedsec Storing Sparse Files
+@include sparse.texi
+
+@node Snapshot Files
+@unnumberedsec Format of the Incremental Snapshot Files
+@include snapshot.texi
+
+@node Dumpdir
+@unnumberedsec Dumpdir
+@include dumpdir.texi

doc/mastermenu.el

@@ -0,0 +1,90 @@
+;;; mastermenu.el --- Redefinition of texinfo-master-menu-list
+
+;; Copyright 2006-2007, 2013-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+;; Author: Sergey Poznyakoff
+;; Maintainer: bug-tar@gnu.org
+;; Keywords: maint, tex, docs
+
+;; This file is part of GNU tar.
+
+;; GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+;; it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+;; the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+;; (at your option) any later version.
+
+;; GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+;; but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+;; MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+;; GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+;; You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+;; along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+;;; Commentary:
+
+;; This file redefines texinfo-master-menu-list so that it takes into
+;; account included files.
+
+;; Known bugs: @menu without previous sectioning command will inherit
+;; documentation string from the previous menu. However, since such a
+;; menu is illegal in a texinfo file, we can live with it.
+
+(require 'texinfo)
+(require 'texnfo-upd)
+
+(defun texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive (title)
+  "Auxiliary function used by `texinfo-master-menu-list'."
+  (save-excursion
+    (let (master-menu-list)
+      (while (re-search-forward "\\(^@menu\\|^@include\\)" nil t)
+	(cond
+	 ((string= (match-string 0) "@include")
+	  (skip-chars-forward " \t")
+	  (let ((included-name (let ((start (point)))
+				 (end-of-line)
+				 (skip-chars-backward " \t")
+				 (buffer-substring start (point)))))
+	    (end-of-line)
+	    (let ((prev-title (texinfo-copy-menu-title)))
+	      (save-excursion
+		(set-buffer (find-file-noselect included-name))
+		(setq master-menu-list
+		      (append (texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive prev-title)
+			      master-menu-list))))))
+	 (t
+	  (setq master-menu-list
+		(cons (list
+		       (texinfo-copy-menu)
+		       (let ((menu-title (texinfo-copy-menu-title)))
+			 (if (string= menu-title "")
+			     title
+			   menu-title)))
+		      master-menu-list)))))
+      master-menu-list)))
+
+(defun texinfo-master-menu-list ()
+  "Return a list of menu entries and header lines for the master menu,
+recursing into included files.
+
+Start with the menu for chapters and indices and then find each
+following menu and the title of the node preceding that menu.
+
+The master menu list has this form:
+
+    \(\(\(... \"entry-1-2\"  \"entry-1\"\) \"title-1\"\)
+      \(\(... \"entry-2-2\"  \"entry-2-1\"\) \"title-2\"\)
+      ...\)
+
+However, there does not need to be a title field."
+
+  (reverse (texinfo-master-menu-list-recursive "")))
+
+(defun make-master-menu ()
+  "Create master menu in the first Emacs argument."
+  (find-file (car command-line-args-left))
+  (texinfo-master-menu nil)
+  (save-buffer))
+
+
+;;; mastermenu.el ends here

doc/rendition.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
+@c This is part of GNU tar manual.
+@c Copyright 1992, 1994-1997, 1999-2004, 2006, 2013-2014, 2016 Free
+@c Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c See file tar.texi for copying conditions.
+
+@c This file contains support for 'renditions' by Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
+@c I extended it by adding a FIXME_FOOTNOTE variable, which controls
+@c whether FIXME information should be placed in footnotes or
+@c inlined. --gray
+
+@c ======================================================================
+@c This document has three levels of rendition: PUBLISH, DISTRIB or PROOF,
+@c as decided by @set symbols.  The PUBLISH rendition does not show
+@c notes or marks asking for revision.  Most users will prefer having more
+@c information, even if this information is not fully revised for adequacy,
+@c so DISTRIB is the default for distributions.  The PROOF rendition
+@c show all marks to the point of ugliness, but is nevertheless useful to
+@c those working on the manual itself.
+@c ======================================================================
+
+@c Set this symbol if you wish FIXMEs to appear in footnotes, instead
+@c of being inserted into the text.
+@c @set PROOF_FOOTNOTED
+
+@ifclear PUBLISH
+@ifclear DISTRIB
+@ifclear PROOF
+@set DISTRIB
+@end ifclear
+@end ifclear
+@end ifclear
+
+@ifset PUBLISH
+@set RENDITION The book, version
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset DISTRIB
+@set RENDITION FTP release, version
+@end ifset
+
+@ifset PROOF
+@set RENDITION Proof reading version
+@end ifset
+
+@c Output marks for nodes needing revision, but not in PUBLISH rendition.
+
+@macro UNREVISED
+@ifclear PUBLISH
+@quotation
+@emph{(This message will disappear, once this node revised.)}
+@end quotation
+@end ifclear
+@end macro
+
+@c Output various FIXME information only in PROOF rendition.
+
+@macro FIXME{string}
+@ifset PROOF
+@ifset PROOF_FOOTNOTED
+@footnote{@strong{FIXME:} \string\}
+@end ifset
+@ifclear PROOF_FOOTNOTED
+@cartouche
+@strong{<FIXME>} \string\ @strong{</>}
+@end cartouche
+@end ifclear
+@end ifset
+
+@end macro
+
+@macro FIXME-ref{string}
+@ifset PROOF
+@strong{<REF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
+@end ifset
+@ifclear PROOF
+@cite{\string\}
+@end ifclear
+@end macro
+
+@macro FIXME-pxref{string}
+@ifset PROOF
+See @strong{<PXREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
+@end ifset
+@ifclear PROOF
+See @cite{\string\}
+@end ifclear
+
+@end macro
+
+@macro FIXME-xref{string}
+@ifset PROOF
+See @strong{<XREF>} \string\ @strong{</>}
+@end ifset
+@ifclear PROOF
+See @cite{\string\}
+@end ifclear
+@end macro
+
+@c End of rendition.texi

doc/snapshot.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,164 @@
+@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
+@c Copyright (C) 2005, 2007, 2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
+@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
+@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+  A @dfn{snapshot file} (or @dfn{directory file}) is created during
+incremental backups (@pxref{Incremental Dumps}).  It
+contains the status of the file system at the time of the dump and is
+used to determine which files were modified since the last backup.
+
+  @GNUTAR{} version @value{VERSION} supports three snapshot file
+formats.  The first format, called @dfn{format 0}, is the one used by
+@GNUTAR{} versions up to and including 1.15.1. The second format, called 
+@dfn{format 1} is an extended version of this format, that contains more
+metadata and allows for further extensions. It was used by alpha release
+version 1.15.90. For alpha version 1.15.91 and stable releases
+version 1.16 up through @value{VERSION}, the @dfn{format 2} is used.
+
+  @GNUTAR{} is able to read all three formats, but will create
+snapshots only in format 2.
+
+  This appendix describes all three formats in detail.
+
+@enumerate 0
+@cindex format 0, snapshot file
+@cindex snapshot file, format 0
+@item
+  @samp{Format 0} snapshot file begins with a line containing a
+decimal number that represents a @acronym{UNIX} timestamp of the
+beginning of the last archivation. This line is followed by directory
+metadata descriptions, one per line. Each description has the
+following format:
+
+@smallexample
+[@var{nfs}]@var{dev} @var{inode} @var{name}
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where:
+
+@table @var
+@item nfs
+A single plus character (@samp{+}), if this directory is located on
+an @acronym{NFS}-mounted partition, otherwise empty.  
+
+(That is, for non-NFS directories, the first character on the
+description line contains the start of the @var{dev} field.)
+
+@item dev
+Device number of the directory;
+
+@item inode
+I-node number of the directory;
+
+@item name
+Name of the directory. Any special characters (white-space,
+backslashes, etc.) are quoted.
+@end table
+
+@cindex format 1, snapshot file
+@cindex snapshot file, format 1
+@item
+  @samp{Format 1} snapshot file begins with a line specifying the
+format of the file. This line has the following structure:
+
+@smallexample
+@samp{GNU tar-}@var{tar-version}@samp{-}@var{incr-format-version}
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where @var{tar-version} is the version number of @GNUTAR{}
+implementation that created this snapshot, and
+@var{incr-format-version} is the version number of the snapshot format
+(in this case @samp{1}).
+
+  Next line contains two decimal numbers, representing the
+time of the last backup. First number is the number of seconds, the
+second one is the number of nanoseconds, since the beginning of the
+epoch.
+
+  Lines that follow contain directory metadata, one line per
+directory. Each line is formatted as follows:
+
+@smallexample
+[@var{nfs}]@var{mtime-sec} @var{mtime-nsec} @var{dev} @var{inode} @var{name}
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where @var{mtime-sec} and @var{mtime-nsec} represent last
+modification time of this directory with nanosecond precision;
+@var{nfs}, @var{dev}, @var{inode} and @var{name} have the same meaning
+as with @samp{format 0}.
+
+@cindex format 2, snapshot file
+@cindex snapshot file, format 2
+@item
+  @samp{Format 2} snapshot file begins with a format identifier, as described for
+version 1, e.g.:
+
+@smallexample
+GNU tar-@value{VERSION}-2
+@end smallexample
+
+  This line is followed by newline. Rest of file consists of
+records, separated by null (@acronym{ASCII} 0)
+characters. Thus, in contrast to the previous formats, format 2
+snapshot is a binary file.
+
+  First two records are decimal integers, representing the
+time of the last backup.  First number is the number of seconds, the
+second one is the number of nanoseconds, since the beginning of the
+epoch.  These are followed by arbitrary number of directory records.
+
+  Each @dfn{directory record} contains a set of metadata describing a
+particular directory.  Parts of a directory record are delimited with
+@acronym{ASCII} 0 characters.  The following table describes each
+part.  The @dfn{Number} type in this table stands for a decimal integer
+in @acronym{ASCII} notation.  (Negative values are preceded with a "-"
+character, while positive values have no leading punctuation.)
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.25 0.15 0.6
+@headitem Field @tab Type @tab Description
+@item nfs @tab Character @tab @samp{1} if the directory is located on
+an @acronym{NFS}-mounted partition, or @samp{0} otherwise;
+@item timestamp_sec @tab Number @tab Modification time, seconds;
+@item timestamp_nsec @tab Number @tab Modification time, nanoseconds;
+@item dev @tab Number @tab Device number;
+@item ino @tab Number @tab I-node number;
+@item name @tab String @tab Directory name; in contrast to the
+previous versions it is not quoted;
+@item contents @tab Dumpdir @tab Contents of the directory;
+@xref{Dumpdir}, for a description of its format.
+@item
+@end multitable
+
+  Dumpdirs stored in snapshot files contain only records of types
+@samp{Y}, @samp{N} and @samp{D}.
+
+@cindex snapshot file field ranges
+@opindex show-snapshot-field-ranges
+The specific range of values allowed in each of the @dfn{Number} fields
+depends on the underlying C datatypes as determined when @command{tar}
+is compiled.  To see the specific ranges allowed for a particular
+@command{tar} binary, you can use the
+@option{--show-snapshot-field-ranges} option:
+
+@smallexample
+$ @kbd{tar --show-shapshot-field-ranges}
+This tar's snapshot file field ranges are
+   (field name      => [ min, max ]):
+
+    nfs             => [ 0, 1 ],
+    timestamp_sec   => [ -9223372036854775808, 9223372036854775807 ],
+    timestamp_nsec  => [ 0, 999999999 ],
+    dev             => [ 0, 18446744073709551615 ],
+    ino             => [ 0, 18446744073709551615 ],
+@end smallexample
+
+(This example is from a GNU/Linux x86_64 system.)
+
+@end enumerate
+
+@c End of snapshot.texi

doc/sparse.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,234 @@
+@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
+@c Copyright (C) 2006, 2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
+@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+@cindex sparse formats
+@cindex sparse versions
+The notion of sparse file, and the ways of handling it from the point
+of view of @GNUTAR{} user have been described in detail in
+@ref{sparse}.  This chapter describes the internal format @GNUTAR{}
+uses to store such files.
+
+The support for sparse files in @GNUTAR{} has a long history.  The
+earliest version featuring this support that I was able to find was 1.09,
+released in November, 1990.  The format introduced back then is called
+@dfn{old GNU} sparse format and in spite of the fact that its design
+contained many flaws, it was the only format @GNUTAR{} supported
+until version 1.14 (May, 2004), which introduced initial support for
+sparse archives in @acronym{PAX} archives (@pxref{posix}).  This
+format was not free from design flaws, either and it was subsequently
+improved in versions 1.15.2 (November, 2005) and 1.15.92 (June,
+2006).
+
+In addition to GNU sparse format, @GNUTAR{} is able to read and
+extract sparse files archived by @command{star}.
+
+The following subsections describe each format in detail.
+
+@menu
+* Old GNU Format::
+* PAX 0::                PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
+* PAX 1::                PAX Format, Version 1.0
+@end menu
+
+@node Old GNU Format
+@appendixsubsec Old GNU Format
+
+@cindex sparse formats, Old GNU
+@cindex Old GNU sparse format
+The format introduced in November 1990 (v. 1.09) was
+designed on top of standard @code{ustar} headers in such an
+unfortunate way that some of its fields overwrote fields required by
+POSIX.
+
+An old GNU sparse header is designated by type @samp{S}
+(@code{GNUTYPE_SPARSE}) and has the following layout:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.40
+@headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Name   @tab Data type   @tab Contents
+@item          0 @tab 345  @tab        @tab N/A         @tab Not used.
+@item        345 @tab  12  @tab atime  @tab Number      @tab @code{atime} of the file.
+@item        357 @tab  12  @tab ctime  @tab Number      @tab @code{ctime} of the file .
+@item        369 @tab  12  @tab offset @tab Number      @tab For
+multivolume archives: the offset of the start of this volume.
+@item        381 @tab   4  @tab        @tab N/A         @tab Not used.
+@item        385 @tab   1  @tab        @tab N/A         @tab Not used.
+@item        386 @tab  96  @tab sp     @tab @code{sparse_header} @tab (4 entries) File map.
+@item        482 @tab   1  @tab isextended @tab Bool        @tab @code{1} if an
+extension sparse header follows, @code{0} otherwise.
+@item        483 @tab  12  @tab realsize @tab Number      @tab Real size of the file.
+@end multitable
+
+Each of @code{sparse_header} object at offset 386 describes a single
+data chunk. It has the following structure:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.60
+@headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Data type   @tab Contents
+@item          0 @tab   12 @tab Number      @tab Offset of the
+beginning of the chunk.
+@item         12 @tab   12 @tab Number      @tab Size of the chunk.
+@end multitable
+
+If the member contains more than four chunks, the @code{isextended}
+field of the header has the value @code{1} and the main header is
+followed by one or more @dfn{extension headers}.  Each such header has
+the following structure:
+
+@multitable @columnfractions 0.10 0.10 0.20 0.20 0.40
+@headitem Offset @tab Size @tab Name   @tab Data type   @tab Contents
+@item          0 @tab   21 @tab sp     @tab @code{sparse_header} @tab
+(21 entries) File map.
+@item        504 @tab    1 @tab isextended @tab Bool    @tab @code{1} if an
+extension sparse header follows, or @code{0} otherwise.
+@end multitable
+
+A header with @code{isextended=0} ends the map.
+
+@node PAX 0
+@appendixsubsec PAX Format, Versions 0.0 and 0.1
+
+@cindex sparse formats, v.0.0
+There are two formats available in this branch.  The version @code{0.0}
+is the initial version of sparse format used by @command{tar}
+versions 1.14--1.15.1.  The sparse file map is kept in extended
+(@code{x}) PAX header variables:
+
+@table @code
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.size, extended header variable
+@item GNU.sparse.size
+Real size of the stored file;
+
+@item GNU.sparse.numblocks
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.numblocks, extended header variable
+Number of blocks in the sparse map;
+
+@item GNU.sparse.offset
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.offset, extended header variable
+Offset of the data block;
+
+@item GNU.sparse.numbytes
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.numbytes, extended header variable
+Size of the data block.
+@end table
+
+The latter two variables repeat for each data block, so the overall
+structure is like this:
+
+@smallexample
+@group
+GNU.sparse.size=@var{size}
+GNU.sparse.numblocks=@var{numblocks}
+repeat @var{numblocks} times
+  GNU.sparse.offset=@var{offset}
+  GNU.sparse.numbytes=@var{numbytes}
+end repeat
+@end group
+@end smallexample
+
+This format presented the following two problems:
+
+@enumerate 1
+@item
+Whereas the POSIX specification allows a variable to appear multiple
+times in a header, it requires that only the last occurrence be
+meaningful.  Thus, multiple occurrences of @code{GNU.sparse.offset} and
+@code{GNU.sparse.numbytes} are conflicting with the POSIX specs.
+
+@item
+Attempting to extract such archives using a third-party's @command{tar}
+results in extraction of sparse files in @emph{condensed form}.  If
+the @command{tar} implementation in question does not support POSIX
+format, it will also extract a file containing extension header
+attributes.  This file can be used to expand the file to its original
+state.  However, posix-aware @command{tar}s will usually ignore the
+unknown variables, which makes restoring the file more
+difficult.  @xref{extracting sparse v.0.x, Extraction of sparse
+members in v.0.0 format}, for the detailed description of how to
+restore such members using non-GNU @command{tar}s.
+@end enumerate
+
+@cindex sparse formats, v.0.1
+@GNUTAR{} 1.15.2 introduced sparse format version @code{0.1}, which
+attempted to solve these problems.  As its predecessor, this format
+stores sparse map in the extended POSIX header.  It retains
+@code{GNU.sparse.size} and @code{GNU.sparse.numblocks} variables, but
+instead of @code{GNU.sparse.offset}/@code{GNU.sparse.numbytes} pairs
+it uses a single variable:
+
+@table @code
+@item GNU.sparse.map
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.map, extended header variable
+Map of non-null data chunks.  It is a string consisting of
+comma-separated values "@var{offset},@var{size}[,@var{offset-1},@var{size-1}...]"
+@end table
+
+To address the 2nd problem, the @code{name} field in @code{ustar}
+is replaced with a special name, constructed using the following pattern:
+
+@smallexample
+%d/GNUSparseFile.%p/%f
+@end smallexample
+
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.name, extended header variable
+The real name of the sparse file is stored in the variable
+@code{GNU.sparse.name}.  Thus, those @command{tar} implementations
+that are not aware of GNU extensions will at least extract the files
+into separate directories, giving the user a possibility to expand it
+afterwards.  @xref{extracting sparse v.0.x, Extraction of sparse
+members in v.0.1 format}, for the detailed description of how to
+restore such members using non-GNU @command{tar}s.
+
+The resulting @code{GNU.sparse.map} string can be @emph{very} long.
+Although POSIX does not impose any limit on the length of a @code{x}
+header variable, this possibly can confuse some @command{tar}s.
+
+@node PAX 1
+@appendixsubsec PAX Format, Version 1.0
+
+@cindex sparse formats, v.1.0
+The version @code{1.0} of sparse format was introduced with @GNUTAR{}
+1.15.92.  Its main objective was to make the resulting file
+extractable with little effort even by non-posix aware @command{tar}
+implementations.  Starting from this version, the extended header
+preceding a sparse member always contains the following variables that
+identify the format being used:
+
+@table @code
+@item GNU.sparse.major
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.major, extended header variable
+Major version
+
+@item GNU.sparse.minor
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.minor, extended header variable
+Minor version
+@end table
+
+The @code{name} field in @code{ustar} header contains a special name,
+constructed using the following pattern:
+
+@smallexample
+%d/GNUSparseFile.%p/%f
+@end smallexample
+
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.name, extended header variable, in v.1.0
+@vrindex GNU.sparse.realsize, extended header variable
+The real name of the sparse file is stored in the variable
+@code{GNU.sparse.name}.  The real size of the file is stored in the
+variable @code{GNU.sparse.realsize}.
+
+The sparse map itself is stored in the file data block, preceding the actual
+file data.  It consists of a series of octal numbers of arbitrary length, delimited
+by newlines. The map is padded with nulls to the nearest block boundary.
+
+The first number gives the number of entries in the map. Following are map entries,
+each one consisting of two numbers giving the offset and size of the
+data block it describes.
+
+The format is designed in such a way that non-posix aware @command{tar}s and @command{tar}s not
+supporting @code{GNU.sparse.*} keywords will extract each sparse file
+in its condensed form with the file map prepended and will place it
+into a separate directory.  Then, using a simple program it would be
+possible to expand the file to its original form even without @GNUTAR{}.
+@xref{Sparse Recovery}, for the detailed information on how to extract
+sparse members without @GNUTAR{}.

doc/tar-snapshot-edit.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+@c This is part of the paxutils manual.
+@c Copyright (C) 2007, 2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+@c This file is distributed under GFDL 1.1 or any later version
+@c published by the Free Software Foundation.
+
+@cindex Device numbers, changing
+@cindex snapshot files, editing
+@cindex snapshot files, fixing device numbers
+  Various situations can cause device numbers to change: upgrading your
+kernel version, reconfiguring your hardware, loading kernel modules in a
+different order, using virtual volumes that are assembled dynamically
+(such as with @acronym{LVM} or @acronym{RAID}), hot-plugging drives
+(e.g. external USB or Firewire drives), etc.  In the majority of 
+cases this change is unnoticed by the users.  However, it influences
+@command{tar} incremental backups: the device number is stored in tar
+snapshot files (@pxref{Snapshot Files}) and is used to determine whether
+the file has changed since the last backup.  If the device numbers
+change for some reason, by default the next backup you run will be a
+full backup.
+
+
+@pindex tar-snapshot-edit
+  To minimize the impact in these cases, GNU @command{tar} comes with
+the @command{tar-snapshot-edit} utility for inspecting and updating
+device numbers in snapshot files.  (The utility, written by
+Dustin J.@: Mitchell, is also available from the
+@uref{http://www.gnu.org/@/software/@/tar/@/utils/@/tar-snapshot-edit.html,
+@GNUTAR{} home page}.)
+
+  To obtain a summary of the device numbers found in the snapshot file, run
+
+@smallexample
+$ @kbd{tar-snapshot-edit @var{snapfile}}
+@end smallexample
+
+@noindent
+where @var{snapfile} is the name of the snapshot file (you can supply as many
+files as you wish in a single command line).  You can then compare the 
+numbers across snapshot files, or against those currently in use on the
+live filesystem (using @command{ls -l} or @command{stat}).
+
+  Assuming the device numbers have indeed changed, it's often possible
+to simply tell @GNUTAR{} to ignore the device number when processing the
+incremental snapshot files for these backups, using the
+@option{--no-check-device} option (@pxref{device numbers}).
+
+  Alternatively, you can use the @command{tar-edit-snapshot} script's 
+@option{-r} option to update all occurrences of the given device
+number in the snapshot file(s).  It takes a single argument
+of the form
+@samp{@var{olddev}-@var{newdev}},  where @var{olddev} is the device number
+used in the snapshot file, and @var{newdev} is the corresponding new device
+number.  Both numbers may be specified in hex (e.g., @samp{0xfe01}),
+decimal (e.g., @samp{65025}), or as a major:minor number pair (e.g.,
+@samp{254:1}).  To change several device numbers at once, specify them
+in a single comma-separated list, as in
+@option{-r 0x3060-0x4500,0x307-0x4600}.
+
+Before updating the snapshot file, it is a good idea to create a backup
+copy of it.  This is accomplished by @samp{-b} option.  The name of the
+backup file is obtained by appending @samp{~} to the original file name.
+
+An example session:
+@smallexample
+$ @kbd{tar-snapshot-edit root_snap.0 boot_snap.0}
+File: root_snap.0
+  Detected snapshot file version: 2
+
+  Device 0x0000 occurs 1 times.
+  Device 0x0003 occurs 1 times.
+  Device 0x0005 occurs 1 times.
+  Device 0x0013 occurs 1 times.
+  Device 0x6801 occurs 1 times.
+  Device 0x6803 occurs 6626 times.
+  Device 0xfb00 occurs 1 times.
+
+File: boot_snap.0
+  Detected snapshot file version: 2
+
+  Device 0x6801 occurs 3 times.
+$ @kbd{tar-snapshot-edit -b -r 0x6801-0x6901,0x6803-0x6903 root_snap.0 boot_snap.0}
+File: root_snap.0
+  Detected snapshot file version: 2
+
+  Updated 6627 records.
+
+File: boot_snap.0
+  Detected snapshot file version: 2
+
+  Updated 3 records.
+@end smallexample

doc/texify.sed

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# Copyright 2006-2007, 2013-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is part of GNU tar.
+
+# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+1{s,/\*,@comment ,
+b
+}
+2,/.*\*\//{s,\*/,,;s/^/@comment/
+b
+}
+/\/* END \*\//,$d
+s/\([{}]\)/@\1/g
+s,/\*,&@r{,
+s,\*/,}&,

doc/untabify.el

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+;;;; Untabify the sources.
+;;;; Usage: emacs -batch -l untabify.el [file ...]
+
+(defun global-untabify (buflist)
+  (mapcar
+   (lambda (bufname)
+     (set-buffer (find-file bufname))
+     (untabify (point-min) (point-max))
+     (save-buffer)
+     (kill-buffer (current-buffer)))
+   buflist))
+
+(global-untabify command-line-args-left)

doc/value.texi

@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+@c This is part of GNU tar manual.
+@c Copyright 1992, 1994-1997, 1999-2006, 2013-2014, 2016 Free Software
+@c Foundation, Inc.
+@c See file tar.texi for copying conditions.
+
+@macro GNUTAR
+@acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
+@end macro
+
+@macro xopindex{option,text}
+@opindex \option\@r{, \text\}
+@end macro
+
+@macro opsummary{option}
+@ifclear ANCHOR--\option\
+@set ANCHOR--\option\ 1
+@anchor{--\option\}
+@end ifclear
+@xopindex{\option\, summary}
+@end macro

gnulib.modules

@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
+# List of gnulib modules needed for GNU tar.
+# A module name per line. Empty lines and comments are ignored.
+
+# Copyright 2005-2010, 2012-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is part of GNU tar.
+
+# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+alloca
+areadlinkat-with-size
+argmatch
+argp
+argp-version-etc
+backupfile
+closeout
+configmake
+dirname
+error
+exclude
+extern-inline
+exitfail
+faccessat
+fchmodat
+fchownat
+fcntl-h
+fdopendir
+fdutimensat
+file-has-acl
+fileblocks
+fnmatch-gnu
+fprintftime
+fseeko
+fstatat
+full-write
+futimens
+getline
+getopt-gnu
+getpagesize
+gettext
+gettime
+gitlog-to-changelog
+hash
+human
+inttostr
+inttypes
+lchown
+linkat
+localcharset
+manywarnings
+mkdirat
+mkdtemp
+mkfifoat
+modechange
+obstack
+openat
+parse-datetime
+priv-set
+progname
+quote
+quotearg
+readlinkat
+renameat
+root-uid
+rpmatch
+safe-read
+savedir
+selinux-at
+setenv
+snprintf
+stat-time
+stdbool
+stdint
+stpcpy
+strdup-posix
+strerror
+strtoimax
+strtol
+strtoul
+strtoumax
+symlinkat
+timespec
+timespec-sub
+unlinkat
+unlinkdir
+unlocked-io
+utimensat
+version-etc-fsf
+xalloc
+xalloc-die
+xgetcwd
+xstrtoumax
+xvasprintf

lib/.cvsignore

@@ -1,143 +0,0 @@
-.deps
-Makefile
-Makefile.am
-Makefile.in
-alloca.c
-alloca.h
-alloca_.h
-allocsa.c
-allocsa.h
-allocsa.valgrind
-argmatch.c
-argmatch.h
-argp-ba.c
-argp-eexst.c
-argp-fmtstream.c
-argp-fmtstream.h
-argp-fs-xinl.c
-argp-help.c
-argp-namefrob.h
-argp-parse.c
-argp-pv.c
-argp-pvh.c
-argp-xinl.c
-argp.h
-backupfile.c
-backupfile.h
-basename.c
-charset.alias
-chown.c
-config.charset
-dirname.c
-dirname.h
-error.c
-error.h
-exclude.c
-exclude.h
-exit.h
-exitfail.c
-exitfail.h
-fchown-stub.c
-fileblocks.c
-fnmatch.c
-fnmatch.h
-fnmatch_.h
-fnmatch_loop.c
-ftruncate.c
-full-write.c
-full-write.h
-getcwd.c
-getcwd.h
-getdate.c
-getdate.h
-getdate.y
-getline.c
-getline.h
-getndelim2.c
-getndelim2.h
-getopt.c
-getopt.h
-getopt1.c
-getopt_.h
-getopt_int.h
-getpagesize.h
-gettext.h
-gettime.c
-gettimeofday.c
-hash.c
-hash.h
-human.c
-human.h
-lchown.c
-lchown.h
-localcharset.c
-localcharset.h
-localedir.h
-mempcpy.c
-mempcpy.h
-memset.c
-mktime.c
-modechange.c
-modechange.h
-obstack.c
-obstack.h
-quote.c
-quote.h
-quotearg.c
-quotearg.h
-ref-add.sed
-ref-add.sin
-ref-del.sed
-ref-del.sin
-rmdir.c
-rmt.h
-rtapelib.c
-safe-read.c
-safe-read.h
-safe-write.c
-safe-write.h
-save-cwd.c
-save-cwd.h
-savedir.c
-savedir.h
-setenv.c
-setenv.h
-stat-macros.h
-stdbool.h
-stdbool_.h
-stpcpy.c
-stpcpy.h
-strcase.h
-strcasecmp.c
-strchrnul.c
-strchrnul.h
-stripslash.c
-strncasecmp.c
-strndup.c
-strndup.h
-strnlen.c
-strtoimax.c
-strtol.c
-strtoll.c
-strtoul.c
-strtoull.c
-strtoumax.c
-sysexit.h
-sysexit_.h
-sysexits.h
-system.h
-time_r.c
-time_r.h
-timespec.h
-unlocked-io.h
-unsetenv.c
-utime.c
-xalloc-die.c
-xalloc.h
-xgetcwd.c
-xgetcwd.h
-xmalloc.c
-xstrtol.c
-xstrtol.h
-xstrtoul.c
-xstrtoumax.c

lib/.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+paxerror.c
+paxexit-status.c
+paxexit.c
+paxlib.h
+paxnames.c
+rmt-command.h
+rmt.h
+rtapelib.c
+system-ioctl.h
+system.h

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
+# Makefile for GNU tar library.			-*- Makefile -*-
+
+# Copyright 1994-1997, 1999-2001, 2003-2007, 2009-2010, 2013-2014, 2016
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+# This file is part of GNU tar.
+
+# GNU tar is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+# (at your option) any later version.
+
+# GNU tar is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+# GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+# along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+noinst_LIBRARIES=libtar.a
+rmt-command.h : Makefile
+	$(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@
+	$(AM_V_at)echo "#ifndef DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND" >> $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)echo "# define DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND \"$(DEFAULT_RMT_DIR)/`echo rmt | sed '$(transform)'`$(EXEEXT)\"" >> $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)echo "#endif" >> $@-t
+	$(AM_V_at)mv $@-t $@
+BUILT_SOURCES = rmt-command.h
+CLEANFILES = rmt-command.h rmt-command.h-t
+AM_CPPFLAGS = -I$(top_srcdir)/gnu -I../ -I../gnu
+AM_CFLAGS = $(GNULIB_WARN_CFLAGS) $(WERROR_CFLAGS)
+
+noinst_HEADERS = \
+ paxlib.h\
+ rmt.h\
+ stdopen.h\
+ system.h\
+ system-ioctl.h\
+ wordsplit.h\
+ xattr-at.h
+
+libtar_a_SOURCES = \
+  paxerror.c paxexit-status.c paxlib.h paxnames.c \
+  rtapelib.c \
+  rmt.h \
+  stdopen.c stdopen.h \
+  system.h system-ioctl.h \
+  wordsplit.c\
+  xattr-at.c
+
+if !TAR_COND_XATTR_H
+BUILT_SOURCES += attr/xattr.h
+attr/xattr.h: attr-xattr.in.h $(top_builddir)/config.status
+	$(AM_V_at)$(MKDIR_P) attr
+	$(AM_V_GEN)rm -f $@-t $@ && \
+	 cp $(srcdir)/attr-xattr.in.h attr/xattr.h
+endif
+
+MOSTLYCLEANFILES = attr/xattr.h
+
+EXTRA_DIST = attr-xattr.in.h

lib/Makefile.tmpl

@@ -1,56 +0,0 @@
-# Makefile for GNU tar library.
-
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2003, 2004
-# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-## This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-## the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-## any later version.
-
-## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-## GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-## along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-## Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-## 02111-1307, USA.
-
-noinst_LIBRARIES = libtar.a
-noinst_HEADERS = system.h localedir.h rmt.h
-libtar_a_SOURCES = prepargs.c prepargs.h rtapelib.c
-
-localedir = $(datadir)/locale
-
-DISTCLEANFILES = localedir.h
-localedir.h : Makefile
-	echo '#define LOCALEDIR "$(localedir)"' >$@
-	echo "#ifndef DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND" >> $@
-	echo "# define DEFAULT_RMT_COMMAND \"$(DEFAULT_RMT_DIR)/`echo \"rmt\" | sed 's,^.*/,,;$(transform)'`$(EXEEXT)\"" >> $@
-	echo "#endif" >> $@
-
-rtapelib.o: localedir.h
-
-libtar_a_LIBADD = $(LIBOBJS) $(ALLOCA)
-libtar_a_DEPENDENCIES = $(libtar_a_LIBADD)
-
-BUILT_SOURCES =
-EXTRA_DIST = Makefile.tmpl
-MAINTAINERCLEANFILES =
-MOSTLYCLEANFILES =
-lib_OBJECTS = $(libtar_a_OBJECTS)
-
-# Special rule for getdate
-#
-# Say $(srcdir), so GNU make does not report an ambiguity with the .y.c rule.
-$(srcdir)/getdate.c: getdate.y
-	cd $(srcdir) && \
-	  $(YACC) $(YFLAGS) getdate.y && \
-	  mv -f y.tab.c getdate.c
-
-SUFFIXES = .o .c .h
-CLEANFILES = 
-# gnulib modules
-

lib/alloca.c

@@ -1,508 +0,0 @@
-/* alloca.c -- allocate automatically reclaimed memory
-   (Mostly) portable public-domain implementation -- D A Gwyn
-
-   This implementation of the PWB library alloca function,
-   which is used to allocate space off the run-time stack so
-   that it is automatically reclaimed upon procedure exit,
-   was inspired by discussions with J. Q. Johnson of Cornell.
-   J.Otto Tennant <jot@cray.com> contributed the Cray support.
-
-   There are some preprocessor constants that can
-   be defined when compiling for your specific system, for
-   improved efficiency; however, the defaults should be okay.
-
-   The general concept of this implementation is to keep
-   track of all alloca-allocated blocks, and reclaim any
-   that are found to be deeper in the stack than the current
-   invocation.  This heuristic does not reclaim storage as
-   soon as it becomes invalid, but it will do so eventually.
-
-   As a special case, alloca(0) reclaims storage without
-   allocating any.  It is a good idea to use alloca(0) in
-   your main control loop, etc. to force garbage collection.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifdef emacs
-# include "lisp.h"
-# include "blockinput.h"
-# define xalloc_die() memory_full ()
-# ifdef EMACS_FREE
-#  undef free
-#  define free EMACS_FREE
-# endif
-#else
-# include <xalloc.h>
-#endif
-
-/* If compiling with GCC 2, this file's not needed.  */
-#if !defined (__GNUC__) || __GNUC__ < 2
-
-/* If someone has defined alloca as a macro,
-   there must be some other way alloca is supposed to work.  */
-# ifndef alloca
-
-#  ifdef emacs
-#   ifdef static
-/* actually, only want this if static is defined as ""
-   -- this is for usg, in which emacs must undefine static
-   in order to make unexec workable
-   */
-#    ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-you
-lose
--- must know STACK_DIRECTION at compile-time
-/* Using #error here is not wise since this file should work for
-   old and obscure compilers.  */
-#    endif /* STACK_DIRECTION undefined */
-#   endif /* static */
-#  endif /* emacs */
-
-/* If your stack is a linked list of frames, you have to
-   provide an "address metric" ADDRESS_FUNCTION macro.  */
-
-#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-long i00afunc ();
-#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) (char *) i00afunc (&(arg))
-#  else
-#   define ADDRESS_FUNCTION(arg) &(arg)
-#  endif
-
-#  ifndef POINTER_TYPE
-#   ifdef __STDC__
-#    define POINTER_TYPE void
-#   else
-#    define POINTER_TYPE char
-#   endif
-#  endif
-typedef POINTER_TYPE *pointer;
-
-#  ifndef NULL
-#   define NULL 0
-#  endif
-
-/* Define STACK_DIRECTION if you know the direction of stack
-   growth for your system; otherwise it will be automatically
-   deduced at run-time.
-
-   STACK_DIRECTION > 0 => grows toward higher addresses
-   STACK_DIRECTION < 0 => grows toward lower addresses
-   STACK_DIRECTION = 0 => direction of growth unknown  */
-
-#  ifndef STACK_DIRECTION
-#   define STACK_DIRECTION	0	/* Direction unknown.  */
-#  endif
-
-#  if STACK_DIRECTION != 0
-
-#   define STACK_DIR	STACK_DIRECTION	/* Known at compile-time.  */
-
-#  else /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0; need run-time code.  */
-
-static int stack_dir;		/* 1 or -1 once known.  */
-#   define STACK_DIR	stack_dir
-
-static void
-find_stack_direction ()
-{
-  static char *addr = NULL;	/* Address of first `dummy', once known.  */
-  auto char dummy;		/* To get stack address.  */
-
-  if (addr == NULL)
-    {				/* Initial entry.  */
-      addr = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy);
-
-      find_stack_direction ();	/* Recurse once.  */
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      /* Second entry.  */
-      if (ADDRESS_FUNCTION (dummy) > addr)
-	stack_dir = 1;		/* Stack grew upward.  */
-      else
-	stack_dir = -1;		/* Stack grew downward.  */
-    }
-}
-
-#  endif /* STACK_DIRECTION == 0 */
-
-/* An "alloca header" is used to:
-   (a) chain together all alloca'ed blocks;
-   (b) keep track of stack depth.
-
-   It is very important that sizeof(header) agree with malloc
-   alignment chunk size.  The following default should work okay.  */
-
-#  ifndef	ALIGN_SIZE
-#   define ALIGN_SIZE	sizeof(double)
-#  endif
-
-typedef union hdr
-{
-  char align[ALIGN_SIZE];	/* To force sizeof(header).  */
-  struct
-    {
-      union hdr *next;		/* For chaining headers.  */
-      char *deep;		/* For stack depth measure.  */
-    } h;
-} header;
-
-static header *last_alloca_header = NULL;	/* -> last alloca header.  */
-
-/* Return a pointer to at least SIZE bytes of storage,
-   which will be automatically reclaimed upon exit from
-   the procedure that called alloca.  Originally, this space
-   was supposed to be taken from the current stack frame of the
-   caller, but that method cannot be made to work for some
-   implementations of C, for example under Gould's UTX/32.  */
-
-pointer
-alloca (size)
-     size_t size;
-{
-  auto char probe;		/* Probes stack depth: */
-  register char *depth = ADDRESS_FUNCTION (probe);
-
-#  if STACK_DIRECTION == 0
-  if (STACK_DIR == 0)		/* Unknown growth direction.  */
-    find_stack_direction ();
-#  endif
-
-  /* Reclaim garbage, defined as all alloca'd storage that
-     was allocated from deeper in the stack than currently.  */
-
-  {
-    register header *hp;	/* Traverses linked list.  */
-
-#  ifdef emacs
-    BLOCK_INPUT;
-#  endif
-
-    for (hp = last_alloca_header; hp != NULL;)
-      if ((STACK_DIR > 0 && hp->h.deep > depth)
-	  || (STACK_DIR < 0 && hp->h.deep < depth))
-	{
-	  register header *np = hp->h.next;
-
-	  free ((pointer) hp);	/* Collect garbage.  */
-
-	  hp = np;		/* -> next header.  */
-	}
-      else
-	break;			/* Rest are not deeper.  */
-
-    last_alloca_header = hp;	/* -> last valid storage.  */
-
-#  ifdef emacs
-    UNBLOCK_INPUT;
-#  endif
-  }
-
-  if (size == 0)
-    return NULL;		/* No allocation required.  */
-
-  /* Allocate combined header + user data storage.  */
-
-  {
-    /* Address of header.  */
-    register pointer new;
-
-    size_t combined_size = sizeof (header) + size;
-    if (combined_size < sizeof (header))
-      xalloc_die ();
-
-    new = xmalloc (combined_size);
-
-    if (new == 0)
-      abort();
-
-    ((header *) new)->h.next = last_alloca_header;
-    ((header *) new)->h.deep = depth;
-
-    last_alloca_header = (header *) new;
-
-    /* User storage begins just after header.  */
-
-    return (pointer) ((char *) new + sizeof (header));
-  }
-}
-
-#  if defined (CRAY) && defined (CRAY_STACKSEG_END)
-
-#   ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-#    include <stdio.h>
-#   endif
-
-#   ifndef CRAY_STACK
-#    define CRAY_STACK
-#    ifndef CRAY2
-/* Stack structures for CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, and CRAY Y-MP */
-struct stack_control_header
-  {
-    long shgrow:32;		/* Number of times stack has grown.  */
-    long shaseg:32;		/* Size of increments to stack.  */
-    long shhwm:32;		/* High water mark of stack.  */
-    long shsize:32;		/* Current size of stack (all segments).  */
-  };
-
-/* The stack segment linkage control information occurs at
-   the high-address end of a stack segment.  (The stack
-   grows from low addresses to high addresses.)  The initial
-   part of the stack segment linkage control information is
-   0200 (octal) words.  This provides for register storage
-   for the routine which overflows the stack.  */
-
-struct stack_segment_linkage
-  {
-    long ss[0200];		/* 0200 overflow words.  */
-    long sssize:32;		/* Number of words in this segment.  */
-    long ssbase:32;		/* Offset to stack base.  */
-    long:32;
-    long sspseg:32;		/* Offset to linkage control of previous
-				   segment of stack.  */
-    long:32;
-    long sstcpt:32;		/* Pointer to task common address block.  */
-    long sscsnm;		/* Private control structure number for
-				   microtasking.  */
-    long ssusr1;		/* Reserved for user.  */
-    long ssusr2;		/* Reserved for user.  */
-    long sstpid;		/* Process ID for pid based multi-tasking.  */
-    long ssgvup;		/* Pointer to multitasking thread giveup.  */
-    long sscray[7];		/* Reserved for Cray Research.  */
-    long ssa0;
-    long ssa1;
-    long ssa2;
-    long ssa3;
-    long ssa4;
-    long ssa5;
-    long ssa6;
-    long ssa7;
-    long sss0;
-    long sss1;
-    long sss2;
-    long sss3;
-    long sss4;
-    long sss5;
-    long sss6;
-    long sss7;
-  };
-
-#    else /* CRAY2 */
-/* The following structure defines the vector of words
-   returned by the STKSTAT library routine.  */
-struct stk_stat
-  {
-    long now;			/* Current total stack size.  */
-    long maxc;			/* Amount of contiguous space which would
-				   be required to satisfy the maximum
-				   stack demand to date.  */
-    long high_water;		/* Stack high-water mark.  */
-    long overflows;		/* Number of stack overflow ($STKOFEN) calls.  */
-    long hits;			/* Number of internal buffer hits.  */
-    long extends;		/* Number of block extensions.  */
-    long stko_mallocs;		/* Block allocations by $STKOFEN.  */
-    long underflows;		/* Number of stack underflow calls ($STKRETN).  */
-    long stko_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKRETN.  */
-    long stkm_free;		/* Number of deallocations by $STKMRET.  */
-    long segments;		/* Current number of stack segments.  */
-    long maxs;			/* Maximum number of stack segments so far.  */
-    long pad_size;		/* Stack pad size.  */
-    long current_address;	/* Current stack segment address.  */
-    long current_size;		/* Current stack segment size.  This
-				   number is actually corrupted by STKSTAT to
-				   include the fifteen word trailer area.  */
-    long initial_address;	/* Address of initial segment.  */
-    long initial_size;		/* Size of initial segment.  */
-  };
-
-/* The following structure describes the data structure which trails
-   any stack segment.  I think that the description in 'asdef' is
-   out of date.  I only describe the parts that I am sure about.  */
-
-struct stk_trailer
-  {
-    long this_address;		/* Address of this block.  */
-    long this_size;		/* Size of this block (does not include
-				   this trailer).  */
-    long unknown2;
-    long unknown3;
-    long link;			/* Address of trailer block of previous
-				   segment.  */
-    long unknown5;
-    long unknown6;
-    long unknown7;
-    long unknown8;
-    long unknown9;
-    long unknown10;
-    long unknown11;
-    long unknown12;
-    long unknown13;
-    long unknown14;
-  };
-
-#    endif /* CRAY2 */
-#   endif /* not CRAY_STACK */
-
-#   ifdef CRAY2
-/* Determine a "stack measure" for an arbitrary ADDRESS.
-   I doubt that "lint" will like this much.  */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long *address)
-{
-  struct stk_stat status;
-  struct stk_trailer *trailer;
-  long *block, size;
-  long result = 0;
-
-  /* We want to iterate through all of the segments.  The first
-     step is to get the stack status structure.  We could do this
-     more quickly and more directly, perhaps, by referencing the
-     $LM00 common block, but I know that this works.  */
-
-  STKSTAT (&status);
-
-  /* Set up the iteration.  */
-
-  trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) (status.current_address
-				    + status.current_size
-				    - 15);
-
-  /* There must be at least one stack segment.  Therefore it is
-     a fatal error if "trailer" is null.  */
-
-  if (trailer == 0)
-    abort ();
-
-  /* Discard segments that do not contain our argument address.  */
-
-  while (trailer != 0)
-    {
-      block = (long *) trailer->this_address;
-      size = trailer->this_size;
-      if (block == 0 || size == 0)
-	abort ();
-      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
-      if ((block <= address) && (address < (block + size)))
-	break;
-    }
-
-  /* Set the result to the offset in this segment and add the sizes
-     of all predecessor segments.  */
-
-  result = address - block;
-
-  if (trailer == 0)
-    {
-      return result;
-    }
-
-  do
-    {
-      if (trailer->this_size <= 0)
-	abort ();
-      result += trailer->this_size;
-      trailer = (struct stk_trailer *) trailer->link;
-    }
-  while (trailer != 0);
-
-  /* We are done.  Note that if you present a bogus address (one
-     not in any segment), you will get a different number back, formed
-     from subtracting the address of the first block.  This is probably
-     not what you want.  */
-
-  return (result);
-}
-
-#   else /* not CRAY2 */
-/* Stack address function for a CRAY-1, CRAY X-MP, or CRAY Y-MP.
-   Determine the number of the cell within the stack,
-   given the address of the cell.  The purpose of this
-   routine is to linearize, in some sense, stack addresses
-   for alloca.  */
-
-static long
-i00afunc (long address)
-{
-  long stkl = 0;
-
-  long size, pseg, this_segment, stack;
-  long result = 0;
-
-  struct stack_segment_linkage *ssptr;
-
-  /* Register B67 contains the address of the end of the
-     current stack segment.  If you (as a subprogram) store
-     your registers on the stack and find that you are past
-     the contents of B67, you have overflowed the segment.
-
-     B67 also points to the stack segment linkage control
-     area, which is what we are really interested in.  */
-
-  stkl = CRAY_STACKSEG_END ();
-  ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-
-  /* If one subtracts 'size' from the end of the segment,
-     one has the address of the first word of the segment.
-
-     If this is not the first segment, 'pseg' will be
-     nonzero.  */
-
-  pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-  size = ssptr->sssize;
-
-  this_segment = stkl - size;
-
-  /* It is possible that calling this routine itself caused
-     a stack overflow.  Discard stack segments which do not
-     contain the target address.  */
-
-  while (!(this_segment <= address && address <= stkl))
-    {
-#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o %011o\n", this_segment, address, stkl);
-#    endif
-      if (pseg == 0)
-	break;
-      stkl = stkl - pseg;
-      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-      size = ssptr->sssize;
-      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-      this_segment = stkl - size;
-    }
-
-  result = address - this_segment;
-
-  /* If you subtract pseg from the current end of the stack,
-     you get the address of the previous stack segment's end.
-     This seems a little convoluted to me, but I'll bet you save
-     a cycle somewhere.  */
-
-  while (pseg != 0)
-    {
-#    ifdef DEBUG_I00AFUNC
-      fprintf (stderr, "%011o %011o\n", pseg, size);
-#    endif
-      stkl = stkl - pseg;
-      ssptr = (struct stack_segment_linkage *) stkl;
-      size = ssptr->sssize;
-      pseg = ssptr->sspseg;
-      result += size;
-    }
-  return (result);
-}
-
-#   endif /* not CRAY2 */
-#  endif /* CRAY */
-
-# endif /* no alloca */
-#endif /* not GCC version 2 */

lib/argmatch.c

@@ -1,280 +0,0 @@
-/* argmatch.c -- find a match for a string in an array
-
-   Copyright (C) 1990, 1998, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>
-   Modified by Akim Demaille <demaille@inf.enst.fr> */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include "argmatch.h"
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <stdlib.h>
-#include <string.h>
-
-#include "gettext.h"
-#define _(msgid) gettext (msgid)
-
-#include "error.h"
-#include "quotearg.h"
-#include "quote.h"
-#include "unlocked-io.h"
-
-/* When reporting an invalid argument, show nonprinting characters
-   by using the quoting style ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE.  Do not use
-   literal_quoting_style.  */
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE
-# define ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE locale_quoting_style
-#endif
-
-#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
-# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
-#endif
-
-/* Non failing version of argmatch call this function after failing. */
-#ifndef ARGMATCH_DIE
-# define ARGMATCH_DIE exit (EXIT_FAILURE)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL
-ARGMATCH_DIE_DECL;
-#endif
-
-static void
-__argmatch_die (void)
-{
-  ARGMATCH_DIE;
-}
-
-/* Used by XARGMATCH and XARGCASEMATCH.  See description in argmatch.h.
-   Default to __argmatch_die, but allow caller to change this at run-time. */
-argmatch_exit_fn argmatch_die = __argmatch_die;
-
-
-/* If ARG is an unambiguous match for an element of the
-   null-terminated array ARGLIST, return the index in ARGLIST
-   of the matched element, else -1 if it does not match any element
-   or -2 if it is ambiguous (is a prefix of more than one element).
-
-   If VALLIST is none null, use it to resolve ambiguities limited to
-   synonyms, i.e., for
-     "yes", "yop" -> 0
-     "no", "nope" -> 1
-   "y" is a valid argument, for `0', and "n" for `1'.  */
-
-int
-argmatch (const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
-	  const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;			/* Temporary index in ARGLIST.  */
-  size_t arglen;		/* Length of ARG.  */
-  int matchind = -1;		/* Index of first nonexact match.  */
-  int ambiguous = 0;		/* If nonzero, multiple nonexact match(es).  */
-
-  arglen = strlen (arg);
-
-  /* Test all elements for either exact match or abbreviated matches.  */
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    {
-      if (!strncmp (arglist[i], arg, arglen))
-	{
-	  if (strlen (arglist[i]) == arglen)
-	    /* Exact match found.  */
-	    return i;
-	  else if (matchind == -1)
-	    /* First nonexact match found.  */
-	    matchind = i;
-	  else
-	    {
-	      /* Second nonexact match found.  */
-	      if (vallist == NULL
-		  || memcmp (vallist + valsize * matchind,
-			     vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-		{
-		  /* There is a real ambiguity, or we could not
-		     disambiguate. */
-		  ambiguous = 1;
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  if (ambiguous)
-    return -2;
-  else
-    return matchind;
-}
-
-/* Error reporting for argmatch.
-   CONTEXT is a description of the type of entity that was being matched.
-   VALUE is the invalid value that was given.
-   PROBLEM is the return value from argmatch.  */
-
-void
-argmatch_invalid (const char *context, const char *value, int problem)
-{
-  char const *format = (problem == -1
-			? _("invalid argument %s for %s")
-			: _("ambiguous argument %s for %s"));
-
-  error (0, 0, format, quotearg_n_style (0, ARGMATCH_QUOTING_STYLE, value),
-	 quote_n (1, context));
-}
-
-/* List the valid arguments for argmatch.
-   ARGLIST is the same as in argmatch.
-   VALLIST is a pointer to an array of values.
-   VALSIZE is the size of the elements of VALLIST */
-void
-argmatch_valid (const char *const *arglist,
-		const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;
-  const char *last_val = NULL;
-
-  /* We try to put synonyms on the same line.  The assumption is that
-     synonyms follow each other */
-  fprintf (stderr, _("Valid arguments are:"));
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    if ((i == 0)
-	|| memcmp (last_val, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-      {
-	fprintf (stderr, "\n  - `%s'", arglist[i]);
-	last_val = vallist + valsize * i;
-      }
-    else
-      {
-	fprintf (stderr, ", `%s'", arglist[i]);
-      }
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-}
-
-/* Never failing versions of the previous functions.
-
-   CONTEXT is the context for which argmatch is called (e.g.,
-   "--version-control", or "$VERSION_CONTROL" etc.).  Upon failure,
-   calls the (supposed never to return) function EXIT_FN. */
-
-int
-__xargmatch_internal (const char *context,
-		      const char *arg, const char *const *arglist,
-		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize,
-		      argmatch_exit_fn exit_fn)
-{
-  int res = argmatch (arg, arglist, vallist, valsize);
-  if (res >= 0)
-    /* Success. */
-    return res;
-
-  /* We failed.  Explain why. */
-  argmatch_invalid (context, arg, res);
-  argmatch_valid (arglist, vallist, valsize);
-  (*exit_fn) ();
-
-  return -1; /* To please the compilers. */
-}
-
-/* Look for VALUE in VALLIST, an array of objects of size VALSIZE and
-   return the first corresponding argument in ARGLIST */
-const char *
-argmatch_to_argument (const char *value,
-		      const char *const *arglist,
-		      const char *vallist, size_t valsize)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  for (i = 0; arglist[i]; i++)
-    if (!memcmp (value, vallist + valsize * i, valsize))
-      return arglist[i];
-  return NULL;
-}
-
-#ifdef TEST
-/*
- * Based on "getversion.c" by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
- */
-char *program_name;
-extern const char *getenv ();
-
-/* When to make backup files.  */
-enum backup_type
-{
-  /* Never make backups.  */
-  none,
-
-  /* Make simple backups of every file.  */
-  simple,
-
-  /* Make numbered backups of files that already have numbered backups,
-     and simple backups of the others.  */
-  numbered_existing,
-
-  /* Make numbered backups of every file.  */
-  numbered
-};
-
-/* Two tables describing arguments (keys) and their corresponding
-   values */
-static const char *const backup_args[] =
-{
-  "no", "none", "off",
-  "simple", "never",
-  "existing", "nil",
-  "numbered", "t",
-  0
-};
-
-static const enum backup_type backup_vals[] =
-{
-  none, none, none,
-  simple, simple,
-  numbered_existing, numbered_existing,
-  numbered, numbered
-};
-
-int
-main (int argc, const char *const *argv)
-{
-  const char *cp;
-  enum backup_type backup_type = none;
-
-  program_name = (char *) argv[0];
-
-  if (argc > 2)
-    {
-      fprintf (stderr, "Usage: %s [VERSION_CONTROL]\n", program_name);
-      exit (1);
-    }
-
-  if ((cp = getenv ("VERSION_CONTROL")))
-    backup_type = XARGMATCH ("$VERSION_CONTROL", cp,
-			     backup_args, backup_vals);
-
-  if (argc == 2)
-    backup_type = XARGMATCH (program_name, argv[1],
-			     backup_args, backup_vals);
-
-  printf ("The version control is `%s'\n",
-	  ARGMATCH_TO_ARGUMENT (backup_type, backup_args, backup_vals));
-
-  return 0;
-}
-#endif

lib/attr-xattr.in.h

@@ -0,0 +1,60 @@
+/* Replacement <attr/xattr.h> for platforms that lack it.
+   Copyright 2012-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef TAR_ATTR_XATTR_H
+#define TAR_ATTR_XATTR_H
+#include <errno.h>
+#ifndef ENOATTR
+# define ENOATTR ENODATA        /* No such attribute */
+#endif
+
+/* setting */
+static inline int setxattr (const char *path, const char *name, const void
+                            *value, size_t size, int flags)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+static inline int lsetxattr (const char *path, const char *name, const void
+                             *value, size_t size, int flags)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+static inline int fsetxattr (int filedes, const char *name, const void *value,
+                             size_t size, int flags)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+
+/* getting */
+static inline ssize_t getxattr (const char *path, const char *name, void *value,
+                                size_t size)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+static inline ssize_t lgetxattr (const char *path, const char *name, void
+                                 *value, size_t size)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+static inline ssize_t fgetxattr (int filedes, const char *name, void *value,
+                                 size_t size)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+
+/* listing */
+static inline ssize_t listxattr (const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+static inline ssize_t llistxattr (const char *path, char *list, size_t size)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+static inline ssize_t flistxattr (int filedes, char *list, size_t size)
+{ errno = ENOTSUP; return -1; }
+
+#endif

lib/basename.h

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-char *base_name PARAMS ((char const *name));

lib/error.c

@@ -1,407 +0,0 @@
-/* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
-   with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# include "gettext.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include <wchar.h>
-# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
-# if __STDC__
-#  include <stdarg.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args, lastarg)
-# else
-#  include <varargs.h>
-#  define VA_START(args, lastarg) va_start(args)
-# endif
-#else
-# define va_alist a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8
-# define va_dcl char *a1, *a2, *a3, *a4, *a5, *a6, *a7, *a8;
-#endif
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS || _LIBC
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-void exit ();
-#endif
-
-#include "error.h"
-
-#if !_LIBC
-# include "unlocked-io.h"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef _
-# define _(String) String
-#endif
-
-/* If NULL, error will flush stdout, then print on stderr the program
-   name, a colon and a space.  Otherwise, error will call this
-   function without parameters instead.  */
-void (*error_print_progname) (
-#if __STDC__ - 0
-			      void
-#endif
-			      );
-
-/* This variable is incremented each time `error' is called.  */
-unsigned int error_message_count;
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* In the GNU C library, there is a predefined variable for this.  */
-
-# define program_name program_invocation_name
-# include <errno.h>
-# include <libio/libioP.h>
-
-/* In GNU libc we want do not want to use the common name `error' directly.
-   Instead make it a weak alias.  */
-extern void __error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 3, 4)));
-extern void __error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-			     unsigned int line_number, const char *message,
-			     ...)
-     __attribute__ ((__format__ (__printf__, 5, 6)));;
-# define error __error
-# define error_at_line __error_at_line
-
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
-#  define fflush(s) INTUSE(_IO_fflush) (s)
-#  undef putc
-#  define putc(c, fp) INTUSE(_IO_putc) (c, fp)
-# endif
-
-#else /* not _LIBC */
-
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R && STRERROR_R_CHAR_P
-#  ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR_R
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#  endif
-char *strerror_r ();
-# endif
-
-/* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the
-   name of the executing program.  */
-extern char *program_name;
-
-# if HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r
-#  define __strerror_r strerror_r
-# else
-#  if HAVE_STRERROR
-#   ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#   endif
-#   if !HAVE_DECL_STRERROR
-char *strerror ();
-#   endif
-#  else
-static char *
-private_strerror (int errnum)
-{
-  extern char *sys_errlist[];
-  extern int sys_nerr;
-
-  if (errnum > 0 && errnum <= sys_nerr)
-    return _(sys_errlist[errnum]);
-  return _("Unknown system error");
-}
-#   define strerror private_strerror
-#  endif /* HAVE_STRERROR */
-# endif	/* HAVE_STRERROR_R || defined strerror_r */
-#endif	/* not _LIBC */
-
-static void
-print_errno_message (int errnum)
-{
-  char const *s;
-
-#if defined HAVE_STRERROR_R || _LIBC
-  char errbuf[1024];
-# if STRERROR_R_CHAR_P || _LIBC
-  s = __strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf);
-# else
-  if (__strerror_r (errnum, errbuf, sizeof errbuf) == 0)
-    s = errbuf;
-  else
-    s = 0;
-# endif
-#else
-  s = strerror (errnum);
-#endif
-
-#if !_LIBC
-  if (! s)
-    s = _("Unknown system error");
-#endif
-
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    {
-      __fwprintf (stderr, L": %s", s);
-      return;
-    }
-#endif
-
-  fprintf (stderr, ": %s", s);
-}
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-static void
-error_tail (int status, int errnum, const char *message, va_list args)
-{
-# if HAVE_VPRINTF || _LIBC
-#  if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    {
-#   define ALLOCA_LIMIT	2000
-      size_t len = strlen (message) + 1;
-      wchar_t *wmessage = NULL;
-      mbstate_t st;
-      size_t res;
-      const char *tmp;
-
-      do
-	{
-	  if (len < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
-	    wmessage = (wchar_t *) alloca (len * sizeof (wchar_t));
-	  else
-	    {
-	      if (wmessage != NULL && len / 2 < ALLOCA_LIMIT)
-		wmessage = NULL;
-
-	      wmessage = (wchar_t *) realloc (wmessage,
-					      len * sizeof (wchar_t));
-
-	      if (wmessage == NULL)
-		{
-		  fputws_unlocked (L"out of memory\n", stderr);
-		  return;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  memset (&st, '\0', sizeof (st));
-	  tmp =message;
-	}
-      while ((res = mbsrtowcs (wmessage, &tmp, len, &st)) == len);
-
-      if (res == (size_t) -1)
-	/* The string cannot be converted.  */
-	wmessage = (wchar_t *) L"???";
-
-      __vfwprintf (stderr, wmessage, args);
-    }
-  else
-#  endif
-    vfprintf (stderr, message, args);
-# else
-  _doprnt (message, args, stderr);
-# endif
-  va_end (args);
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    print_errno_message (errnum);
-# if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-  if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-    putwc (L'\n', stderr);
-  else
-# endif
-    putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-}
-#endif
-
-
-/* Print the program name and error message MESSAGE, which is a printf-style
-   format string with optional args.
-   If ERRNUM is nonzero, print its corresponding system error message.
-   Exit with status STATUS if it is nonzero.  */
-/* VARARGS */
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error (int status, int errnum, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error (status, errnum, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  fflush (stdout);
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __flockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
-      else
-#endif
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s: ", program_name);
-    }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    print_errno_message (errnum);
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __funlockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-/* Sometimes we want to have at most one error per line.  This
-   variable controls whether this mode is selected or not.  */
-int error_one_per_line;
-
-void
-#if defined VA_START && __STDC__
-error_at_line (int status, int errnum, const char *file_name,
-	       unsigned int line_number, const char *message, ...)
-#else
-error_at_line (status, errnum, file_name, line_number, message, va_alist)
-     int status;
-     int errnum;
-     const char *file_name;
-     unsigned int line_number;
-     char *message;
-     va_dcl
-#endif
-{
-#ifdef VA_START
-  va_list args;
-#endif
-
-  if (error_one_per_line)
-    {
-      static const char *old_file_name;
-      static unsigned int old_line_number;
-
-      if (old_line_number == line_number
-	  && (file_name == old_file_name
-	      || strcmp (old_file_name, file_name) == 0))
-	/* Simply return and print nothing.  */
-	return;
-
-      old_file_name = file_name;
-      old_line_number = line_number;
-    }
-
-  fflush (stdout);
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_flockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __flockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-  if (error_print_progname)
-    (*error_print_progname) ();
-  else
-    {
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s: ", program_name);
-      else
-#endif
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s:", program_name);
-    }
-
-  if (file_name != NULL)
-    {
-#if _LIBC && USE_IN_LIBIO
-      if (_IO_fwide (stderr, 0) > 0)
-	__fwprintf (stderr, L"%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
-      else
-#endif
-	fprintf (stderr, "%s:%d: ", file_name, line_number);
-    }
-
-#ifdef VA_START
-  VA_START (args, message);
-  error_tail (status, errnum, message, args);
-#else
-  fprintf (stderr, message, a1, a2, a3, a4, a5, a6, a7, a8);
-
-  ++error_message_count;
-  if (errnum)
-    print_errno_message (errnum);
-  putc ('\n', stderr);
-  fflush (stderr);
-  if (status)
-    exit (status);
-#endif
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
-  _IO_funlockfile (stderr);
-# else
-  __funlockfile (stderr);
-# endif
-#endif
-}
-
-#ifdef _LIBC
-/* Make the weak alias.  */
-# undef error
-# undef error_at_line
-weak_alias (__error, error)
-weak_alias (__error_at_line, error_at_line)
-#endif

lib/exclude.c

@@ -1,267 +0,0 @@
-/* exclude.c -- exclude file names
-
-   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdbool.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-#include <stddef.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STRINGS_H
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_STDINT_H
-#  include <stdint.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include "exclude.h"
-#include "fnmatch.h"
-#include "unlocked-io.h"
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-
-/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
-#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
-
-/* Non-GNU systems lack these options, so we don't need to check them.  */
-#ifndef FNM_CASEFOLD
-# define FNM_CASEFOLD 0
-#endif
-#ifndef FNM_LEADING_DIR
-# define FNM_LEADING_DIR 0
-#endif
-
-verify (EXCLUDE_macros_do_not_collide_with_FNM_macros,
-	(((EXCLUDE_ANCHORED | EXCLUDE_INCLUDE | EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS)
-	  & (FNM_PATHNAME | FNM_NOESCAPE | FNM_PERIOD | FNM_LEADING_DIR
-	     | FNM_CASEFOLD))
-	 == 0));
-
-/* An exclude pattern-options pair.  The options are fnmatch options
-   ORed with EXCLUDE_* options.  */
-
-struct patopts
-  {
-    char const *pattern;
-    int options;
-  };
-
-/* An exclude list, of pattern-options pairs.  */
-
-struct exclude
-  {
-    struct patopts *exclude;
-    size_t exclude_alloc;
-    size_t exclude_count;
-  };
-
-/* Return a newly allocated and empty exclude list.  */
-
-struct exclude *
-new_exclude (void)
-{
-  struct exclude *ex = xmalloc (sizeof *ex);
-  ex->exclude_count = 0;
-  ex->exclude_alloc = (1 << 6); /* This must be a power of 2.  */
-  ex->exclude = xmalloc (ex->exclude_alloc * sizeof ex->exclude[0]);
-  return ex;
-}
-
-/* Free the storage associated with an exclude list.  */
-
-void
-free_exclude (struct exclude *ex)
-{
-  free (ex->exclude);
-  free (ex);
-}
-
-/* Return zero if PATTERN matches F, obeying OPTIONS, except that
-   (unlike fnmatch) wildcards are disabled in PATTERN.  */
-
-static int
-fnmatch_no_wildcards (char const *pattern, char const *f, int options)
-{
-  if (! (options & FNM_LEADING_DIR))
-    return ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
-	    ? strcasecmp (pattern, f)
-	    : strcmp (pattern, f));
-  else
-    {
-      size_t patlen = strlen (pattern);
-      int r = ((options & FNM_CASEFOLD)
-		? strncasecmp (pattern, f, patlen)
-		: strncmp (pattern, f, patlen));
-      if (! r)
-	{
-	  r = f[patlen];
-	  if (r == '/')
-	    r = 0;
-	}
-      return r;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Return true if EX excludes F.  */
-
-bool
-excluded_filename (struct exclude const *ex, char const *f)
-{
-  size_t exclude_count = ex->exclude_count;
-
-  /* If no options are given, the default is to include.  */
-  if (exclude_count == 0)
-    return false;
-  else
-    {
-      struct patopts const *exclude = ex->exclude;
-      size_t i;
-
-      /* Otherwise, the default is the opposite of the first option.  */
-      bool excluded = !! (exclude[0].options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE);
-
-      /* Scan through the options, seeing whether they change F from
-	 excluded to included or vice versa.  */
-      for (i = 0;  i < exclude_count;  i++)
-	{
-	  char const *pattern = exclude[i].pattern;
-	  int options = exclude[i].options;
-	  if (excluded == !! (options & EXCLUDE_INCLUDE))
-	    {
-	      int (*matcher) (char const *, char const *, int) =
-		(options & EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS
-		 ? fnmatch
-		 : fnmatch_no_wildcards);
-	      bool matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, f, options) == 0);
-	      char const *p;
-
-	      if (! (options & EXCLUDE_ANCHORED))
-		for (p = f; *p && ! matched; p++)
-		  if (*p == '/' && p[1] != '/')
-		    matched = ((*matcher) (pattern, p + 1, options) == 0);
-
-	      excluded ^= matched;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      return excluded;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Append to EX the exclusion PATTERN with OPTIONS.  */
-
-void
-add_exclude (struct exclude *ex, char const *pattern, int options)
-{
-  struct patopts *patopts;
-
-  if (ex->exclude_alloc <= ex->exclude_count)
-    {
-      size_t s = 2 * ex->exclude_alloc;
-      if (! (0 < s && s <= SIZE_MAX / sizeof ex->exclude[0]))
-	xalloc_die ();
-      ex->exclude_alloc = s;
-      ex->exclude = xrealloc (ex->exclude, s * sizeof ex->exclude[0]);
-    }
-
-  patopts = &ex->exclude[ex->exclude_count++];
-  patopts->pattern = pattern;
-  patopts->options = options;
-}
-
-/* Use ADD_FUNC to append to EX the patterns in FILENAME, each with
-   OPTIONS.  LINE_END terminates each pattern in the file.  Return -1
-   on failure, 0 on success.  */
-
-int
-add_exclude_file (void (*add_func) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
-		  struct exclude *ex, char const *filename, int options,
-		  char line_end)
-{
-  bool use_stdin = filename[0] == '-' && !filename[1];
-  FILE *in;
-  char *buf;
-  char *p;
-  char const *pattern;
-  char const *lim;
-  size_t buf_alloc = (1 << 10);  /* This must be a power of two.  */
-  size_t buf_count = 0;
-  int c;
-  int e = 0;
-
-  if (use_stdin)
-    in = stdin;
-  else if (! (in = fopen (filename, "r")))
-    return -1;
-
-  buf = xmalloc (buf_alloc);
-
-  while ((c = getc (in)) != EOF)
-    {
-      buf[buf_count++] = c;
-      if (buf_count == buf_alloc)
-	{
-	  buf_alloc *= 2;
-	  if (! buf_alloc)
-	    xalloc_die ();
-	  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_alloc);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (ferror (in))
-    e = errno;
-
-  if (!use_stdin && fclose (in) != 0)
-    e = errno;
-
-  buf = xrealloc (buf, buf_count + 1);
-
-  for (pattern = p = buf, lim = buf + buf_count;  p <= lim;  p++)
-    if (p < lim ? *p == line_end : buf < p && p[-1])
-      {
-	*p = '\0';
-	(*add_func) (ex, pattern, options);
-	pattern = p + 1;
-      }
-
-  errno = e;
-  return e ? -1 : 0;
-}

lib/exclude.h

@@ -1,43 +0,0 @@
-/* exclude.h -- declarations for excluding file names
-
-   Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999, 2001, 2002, 2003 Free
-   Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>  */
-
-/* Exclude options, which can be ORed with fnmatch options.  */
-
-/* Patterns must match the start of file names, instead of matching
-   anywhere after a '/'.  */
-#define EXCLUDE_ANCHORED (1 << 30)
-
-/* Include instead of exclude.  */
-#define EXCLUDE_INCLUDE (1 << 29)
-
-/* '?', '*', '[', and '\\' are special in patterns.  Without this
-   option, these characters are ordinary and fnmatch is not used.  */
-#define EXCLUDE_WILDCARDS (1 << 28)
-
-struct exclude;
-
-struct exclude *new_exclude (void);
-void free_exclude (struct exclude *);
-void add_exclude (struct exclude *, char const *, int);
-int add_exclude_file (void (*) (struct exclude *, char const *, int),
-		      struct exclude *, char const *, int, char);
-bool excluded_filename (struct exclude const *, char const *);

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,385 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001,
-   2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Enable GNU extensions in fnmatch.h.  */
-#ifndef _GNU_SOURCE
-# define _GNU_SOURCE	1
-#endif
-
-#ifdef __GNUC__
-# define alloca __builtin_alloca
-# define HAVE_ALLOCA 1
-#else
-# if defined HAVE_ALLOCA_H || defined _LIBC
-#  include <alloca.h>
-# else
-#  ifdef _AIX
- #  pragma alloca
-#  else
-#   ifndef alloca
-char *alloca ();
-#   endif
-#  endif
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if ! defined __builtin_expect && __GNUC__ < 3
-# define __builtin_expect(expr, expected) (expr)
-#endif
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#include <fnmatch.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H || defined _LIBC
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_STRINGS_H
-#  include <strings.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#if defined STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
-# include <stddef.h>
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#define WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT (HAVE_WCTYPE_H && HAVE_WCHAR_H && HAVE_BTOWC)
-
-/* For platform which support the ISO C amendement 1 functionality we
-   support user defined character classes.  */
-#if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
-/* Solaris 2.5 has a bug: <wchar.h> must be included before <wctype.h>.  */
-# include <wchar.h>
-# include <wctype.h>
-#endif
-
-/* We need some of the locale data (the collation sequence information)
-   but there is no interface to get this information in general.  Therefore
-   we support a correct implementation only in glibc.  */
-#ifdef _LIBC
-# include "../locale/localeinfo.h"
-# include "../locale/elem-hash.h"
-# include "../locale/coll-lookup.h"
-# include <shlib-compat.h>
-
-# define CONCAT(a,b) __CONCAT(a,b)
-# define mbsinit __mbsinit
-# define mbsrtowcs __mbsrtowcs
-# define fnmatch __fnmatch
-extern int fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags);
-#endif
-
-/* We often have to test for FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_PERIOD being both set.  */
-#define NO_LEADING_PERIOD(flags) \
-  ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD)) == (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_PERIOD))
-
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, are not
-   actually compiling the library itself, and have not detected a bug
-   in the library.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__ || !HAVE_FNMATCH_GNU
-
-
-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
-#  define ISASCII(c) 1
-# else
-#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-
-# ifdef isblank
-#  define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
-# else
-#  define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
-# endif
-# ifdef isgraph
-#  define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
-# else
-#  define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
-# endif
-
-# define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
-# define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
-# define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
-# define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
-# define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
-# define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
-# define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
-# define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
-# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-# define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
-
-# define STREQ(s1, s2) ((strcmp (s1, s2) == 0))
-
-# if defined _LIBC || WIDE_CHAR_SUPPORT
-/* The GNU C library provides support for user-defined character classes
-   and the functions from ISO C amendement 1.  */
-#  ifdef CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH CHARCLASS_NAME_MAX
-#  else
-/* This shouldn't happen but some implementation might still have this
-   problem.  Use a reasonable default value.  */
-#   define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH 256
-#  endif
-
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) __wctype (string)
-#  else
-#   define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) wctype (string)
-#  endif
-
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)	__iswctype (WC, WT)
-#  else
-#   define ISWCTYPE(WC, WT)	iswctype (WC, WT)
-#  endif
-
-#  if (HAVE_MBSTATE_T && HAVE_MBSRTOWCS) || _LIBC
-/* In this case we are implementing the multibyte character handling.  */
-#   define HANDLE_MULTIBYTE	1
-#  endif
-
-# else
-#  define CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH  6 /* Namely, `xdigit'.  */
-
-#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string)						      \
-   (STREQ (string, "alpha") || STREQ (string, "upper")			      \
-    || STREQ (string, "lower") || STREQ (string, "digit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "alnum") || STREQ (string, "xdigit")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "space") || STREQ (string, "print")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "punct") || STREQ (string, "graph")		      \
-    || STREQ (string, "cntrl") || STREQ (string, "blank"))
-# endif
-
-/* Avoid depending on library functions or files
-   whose names are inconsistent.  */
-
-# if !defined _LIBC && !defined getenv && !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
-extern char *getenv ();
-# endif
-
-# ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-# endif
-
-/* Global variable.  */
-static int posixly_correct;
-
-# ifndef internal_function
-/* Inside GNU libc we mark some function in a special way.  In other
-   environments simply ignore the marking.  */
-#  define internal_function
-# endif
-
-/* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# else
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
-# endif
-# define CHAR	char
-# define UCHAR	unsigned char
-# define INT	int
-# define FCT	internal_fnmatch
-# define EXT	ext_match
-# define END	end_pattern
-# define L(CS)	CS
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define BTOWC(C)	__btowc (C)
-# else
-#  define BTOWC(C)	btowc (C)
-# endif
-# define STRLEN(S) strlen (S)
-# define STRCAT(D, S) strcat (D, S)
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __mempcpy (D, S, N)
-# else
-#  if HAVE_MEMPCPY
-#   define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) mempcpy (D, S, N)
-#  else
-#   define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) ((void *) ((char *) memcpy (D, S, N) + (N)))
-#  endif
-# endif
-# define MEMCHR(S, C, N) memchr (S, C, N)
-# define STRCOLL(S1, S2) strcoll (S1, S2)
-# include "fnmatch_loop.c"
-
-
-# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
-#  define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) ? towlower (c) : (c))
-#  define CHAR	wchar_t
-#  define UCHAR	wint_t
-#  define INT	wint_t
-#  define FCT	internal_fnwmatch
-#  define EXT	ext_wmatch
-#  define END	end_wpattern
-#  define L(CS)	L##CS
-#  define BTOWC(C)	(C)
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-#   define STRLEN(S) __wcslen (S)
-#   define STRCAT(D, S) __wcscat (D, S)
-#   define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) __wmempcpy (D, S, N)
-#  else
-#   define STRLEN(S) wcslen (S)
-#   define STRCAT(D, S) wcscat (D, S)
-#   if HAVE_WMEMPCPY
-#    define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) wmempcpy (D, S, N)
-#   else
-#    define MEMPCPY(D, S, N) (wmemcpy (D, S, N) + (N))
-#   endif
-#  endif
-#  define MEMCHR(S, C, N) wmemchr (S, C, N)
-#  define STRCOLL(S1, S2) wcscoll (S1, S2)
-#  define WIDE_CHAR_VERSION 1
-
-#  undef IS_CHAR_CLASS
-/* We have to convert the wide character string in a multibyte string.  But
-   we know that the character class names consist of alphanumeric characters
-   from the portable character set, and since the wide character encoding
-   for a member of the portable character set is the same code point as
-   its single-byte encoding, we can use a simplified method to convert the
-   string to a multibyte character string.  */
-static wctype_t
-is_char_class (const wchar_t *wcs)
-{
-  char s[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
-  char *cp = s;
-
-  do
-    {
-      /* Test for a printable character from the portable character set.  */
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-      if (*wcs < 0x20 || *wcs > 0x7e
-	  || *wcs == 0x24 || *wcs == 0x40 || *wcs == 0x60)
-	return (wctype_t) 0;
-#  else
-      switch (*wcs)
-	{
-	case L' ': case L'!': case L'"': case L'#': case L'%':
-	case L'&': case L'\'': case L'(': case L')': case L'*':
-	case L'+': case L',': case L'-': case L'.': case L'/':
-	case L'0': case L'1': case L'2': case L'3': case L'4':
-	case L'5': case L'6': case L'7': case L'8': case L'9':
-	case L':': case L';': case L'<': case L'=': case L'>':
-	case L'?':
-	case L'A': case L'B': case L'C': case L'D': case L'E':
-	case L'F': case L'G': case L'H': case L'I': case L'J':
-	case L'K': case L'L': case L'M': case L'N': case L'O':
-	case L'P': case L'Q': case L'R': case L'S': case L'T':
-	case L'U': case L'V': case L'W': case L'X': case L'Y':
-	case L'Z':
-	case L'[': case L'\\': case L']': case L'^': case L'_':
-	case L'a': case L'b': case L'c': case L'd': case L'e':
-	case L'f': case L'g': case L'h': case L'i': case L'j':
-	case L'k': case L'l': case L'm': case L'n': case L'o':
-	case L'p': case L'q': case L'r': case L's': case L't':
-	case L'u': case L'v': case L'w': case L'x': case L'y':
-	case L'z': case L'{': case L'|': case L'}': case L'~':
-	  break;
-	default:
-	  return (wctype_t) 0;
-	}
-#  endif
-
-      /* Avoid overrunning the buffer.  */
-      if (cp == s + CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
-	return (wctype_t) 0;
-
-      *cp++ = (char) *wcs++;
-    }
-  while (*wcs != L'\0');
-
-  *cp = '\0';
-
-#  ifdef _LIBC
-  return __wctype (s);
-#  else
-  return wctype (s);
-#  endif
-}
-#  define IS_CHAR_CLASS(string) is_char_class (string)
-
-#  include "fnmatch_loop.c"
-# endif
-
-
-int
-fnmatch (pattern, string, flags)
-     const char *pattern;
-     const char *string;
-     int flags;
-{
-# if HANDLE_MULTIBYTE
-  if (__builtin_expect (MB_CUR_MAX, 1) != 1)
-    {
-      mbstate_t ps;
-      size_t n;
-      wchar_t *wpattern;
-      wchar_t *wstring;
-
-      /* Convert the strings into wide characters.  */
-      memset (&ps, '\0', sizeof (ps));
-      n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &pattern, 0, &ps);
-      if (__builtin_expect (n, 0) == (size_t) -1)
-	/* Something wrong.
-	   XXX Do we have to set `errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
-	   already done?  */
-	return -1;
-      wpattern = (wchar_t *) alloca ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
-      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
-      (void) mbsrtowcs (wpattern, &pattern, n + 1, &ps);
-
-      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
-      n = mbsrtowcs (NULL, &string, 0, &ps);
-      if (__builtin_expect (n, 0) == (size_t) -1)
-	/* Something wrong.
-	   XXX Do we have to set `errno' to something which mbsrtows hasn't
-	   already done?  */
-	return -1;
-      wstring = (wchar_t *) alloca ((n + 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
-      assert (mbsinit (&ps));
-      (void) mbsrtowcs (wstring, &string, n + 1, &ps);
-
-      return internal_fnwmatch (wpattern, wstring, wstring + n,
-				flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
-    }
-# endif  /* mbstate_t and mbsrtowcs or _LIBC.  */
-
-  return internal_fnmatch (pattern, string, string + strlen (string),
-			   flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags);
-}
-
-# ifdef _LIBC
-#  undef fnmatch
-versioned_symbol (libc, __fnmatch, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_2_3);
-#  if SHLIB_COMPAT(libc, GLIBC_2_0, GLIBC_2_2_3)
-strong_alias (__fnmatch, __fnmatch_old)
-compat_symbol (libc, __fnmatch_old, fnmatch, GLIBC_2_0);
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

lib/fnmatch.hin

@@ -1,84 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 92, 93, 96, 97, 98 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef	_FNMATCH_H
-#define	_FNMATCH_H	1
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-extern "C" {
-#endif
-
-#if defined __cplusplus || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined WINDOWS32
-# if !defined __GLIBC__ || !defined __P
-#  undef	__P
-#  define __P(protos)	protos
-# endif
-#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
-# undef	__P
-# define __P(protos)	()
-/* We can get away without defining `const' here only because in this file
-   it is used only inside the prototype for `fnmatch', which is elided in
-   non-ANSI C where `const' is problematical.  */
-#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
-
-#ifndef const
-# if (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__) || defined __cplusplus
-#  define __const	const
-# else
-#  define __const
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* We #undef these before defining them because some losing systems
-   (HP-UX A.08.07 for example) define these in <unistd.h>.  */
-#undef	FNM_PATHNAME
-#undef	FNM_NOESCAPE
-#undef	FNM_PERIOD
-
-/* Bits set in the FLAGS argument to `fnmatch'.  */
-#define	FNM_PATHNAME	(1 << 0) /* No wildcard can ever match `/'.  */
-#define	FNM_NOESCAPE	(1 << 1) /* Backslashes don't quote special chars.  */
-#define	FNM_PERIOD	(1 << 2) /* Leading `.' is matched only explicitly.  */
-
-#if !defined _POSIX_C_SOURCE || _POSIX_C_SOURCE < 2 || defined _GNU_SOURCE
-# define FNM_FILE_NAME	 FNM_PATHNAME	/* Preferred GNU name.  */
-# define FNM_LEADING_DIR (1 << 3)	/* Ignore `/...' after a match.  */
-# define FNM_CASEFOLD	 (1 << 4)	/* Compare without regard to case.  */
-#endif
-
-/* Value returned by `fnmatch' if STRING does not match PATTERN.  */
-#define	FNM_NOMATCH	1
-
-/* This value is returned if the implementation does not support
-   `fnmatch'.  Since this is not the case here it will never be
-   returned but the conformance test suites still require the symbol
-   to be defined.  */
-#ifdef _XOPEN_SOURCE
-# define FNM_NOSYS	(-1)
-#endif
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN,
-   returning zero if it matches, FNM_NOMATCH if not.  */
-extern int fnmatch __P ((__const char *__pattern, __const char *__string,
-			 int __flags));
-
-#ifdef	__cplusplus
-}
-#endif
-
-#endif /* fnmatch.h */

lib/fnmatch_loop.c

@@ -1,474 +0,0 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991-1993, 1996-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-   This file is part of the GNU C Library.
-
-   This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
-   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
-   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
-   License, or (at your option) any later version.
-
-   This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
-   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
-   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
-   it matches, nonzero if not.  */
-static int FCT (const CHAR *pattern, const CHAR *string,
-		int no_leading_period, int flags) internal_function;
-
-static int
-internal_function
-FCT (pattern, string, no_leading_period, flags)
-     const CHAR *pattern;
-     const CHAR *string;
-     int no_leading_period;
-     int flags;
-{
-  register const CHAR *p = pattern, *n = string;
-  register UCHAR c;
-#ifdef _LIBC
-  const UCHAR *collseq = (const UCHAR *)
-    _NL_CURRENT(LC_COLLATE, CONCAT(_NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQ,SUFFIX));
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-  const wint_t *names = (const wint_t *)
-    _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_NAMES);
-  size_t size = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_HASH_SIZE);
-  size_t layers = _NL_CURRENT_WORD (LC_COLLATE, _NL_COLLATE_HASH_LAYERS);
-# endif
-#endif
-
-  while ((c = *p++) != L('\0'))
-    {
-      c = FOLD (c);
-
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case L('?'):
-	  if (*n == L('\0'))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  else if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period
-		   && (n == string
-		       || (n[-1] == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case L('\\'):
-	  if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-	    {
-	      c = *p++;
-	      if (c == L('\0'))
-		/* Trailing \ loses.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      c = FOLD (c);
-	    }
-	  if (FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) != c)
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  break;
-
-	case L('*'):
-	  if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period
-	      && (n == string
-		  || (n[-1] == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	  for (c = *p++; c == L('?') || c == L('*'); c = *p++)
-	    {
-	      if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      else if (c == L('?'))
-		{
-		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
-		  if (*n == L('\0'))
-		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
-		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		  else
-		    /* One character of the string is consumed in matching
-		       this ? wildcard, so *??? won't match if there are
-		       less than three characters.  */
-		    ++n;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (c == L('\0'))
-	    /* The wildcard(s) is/are the last element of the pattern.
-	       If the name is a file name and contains another slash
-	       this does mean it cannot match.  If the FNM_LEADING_DIR
-	       flag is set and exactly one slash is following, we have
-	       a match.  */
-	    {
-	      int result = (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) == 0 ? 0 : FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	      if (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-		{
-		  const CHAR *slashp = STRCHR (n, L('/'));
-
-		  if (flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR)
-		    {
-		      if (slashp != NULL
-			  && STRCHR (slashp + 1, L('/')) == NULL)
-			result = 0;
-		    }
-		  else
-		    {
-		      if (slashp == NULL)
-			result = 0;
-		    }
-		}
-
-	      return result;
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      const CHAR *endp;
-
-	      endp = STRCHRNUL (n, (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) ? L('/') : L('\0'));
-
-	      if (c == L('['))
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (FCT (p, n, (no_leading_period
-				    && (n == string
-					|| (n[-1] == L('/')
-					    && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-			     flags2) == 0)
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	      else if (c == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-		{
-		  while (*n != L('\0') && *n != L('/'))
-		    ++n;
-		  if (*n == L('/')
-		      && (FCT (p, n + 1, flags & FNM_PERIOD, flags) == 0))
-		    return 0;
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  int flags2 = ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)
-				? flags : (flags & ~FNM_PERIOD));
-
-		  if (c == L('\\') && !(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE))
-		    c = *p;
-		  c = FOLD (c);
-		  for (--p; n < endp; ++n)
-		    if (FOLD ((UCHAR) *n) == c
-			&& (FCT (p, n, (no_leading_period
-					&& (n == string
-					    || (n[-1] == L('/')
-						&& (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))),
-				 flags2) == 0))
-		      return 0;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  /* If we come here no match is possible with the wildcard.  */
-	  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	case L('['):
-	  {
-	    /* Nonzero if the sense of the character class is inverted.  */
-	    static int posixly_correct;
-	    register int not;
-	    CHAR cold;
-
-	    if (posixly_correct == 0)
-	      posixly_correct = getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") != NULL ? 1 : -1;
-
-	    if (*n == L('\0'))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == L('.') && no_leading_period
-		&& (n == string
-		    || (n[-1] == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))))
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    if (*n == L('/') && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
-	      /* `/' cannot be matched.  */
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-	    not = (*p == L('!') || (posixly_correct < 0 && *p == L('^')));
-	    if (not)
-	      ++p;
-
-	    c = *p++;
-	    for (;;)
-	      {
-		UCHAR fn = FOLD ((UCHAR) *n);
-
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
-		  {
-		    if (*p == L('\0'))
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    c = FOLD ((UCHAR) *p);
-		    ++p;
-
-		    if (c == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-		  }
-		else if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
-		  {
-		    /* Leave room for the null.  */
-		    CHAR str[CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH + 1];
-		    size_t c1 = 0;
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wctype_t wt;
-#endif
-		    const CHAR *startp = p;
-
-		    for (;;)
-		      {
-			if (c1 == CHAR_CLASS_MAX_LENGTH)
-			  /* The name is too long and therefore the pattern
-			     is ill-formed.  */
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			c = *++p;
-			if (c == L(':') && p[1] == L(']'))
-			  {
-			    p += 2;
-			    break;
-			  }
-			if (c < L('a') || c >= L('z'))
-			  {
-			    /* This cannot possibly be a character class name.
-			       Match it as a normal range.  */
-			    p = startp;
-			    c = L('[');
-			    goto normal_bracket;
-			  }
-			str[c1++] = c;
-		      }
-		    str[c1] = L('\0');
-
-#if defined _LIBC || (defined HAVE_WCTYPE_H && defined HAVE_WCHAR_H)
-		    wt = IS_CHAR_CLASS (str);
-		    if (wt == 0)
-		      /* Invalid character class name.  */
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		    if (ISWCTYPE (BTOWC ((UCHAR) *n), wt))
-		      goto matched;
-#else
-		    if ((STREQ (str, L("alnum")) && ISALNUM ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("alpha")) && ISALPHA ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("blank")) && ISBLANK ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("cntrl")) && ISCNTRL ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("digit")) && ISDIGIT ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("graph")) && ISGRAPH ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("lower")) && ISLOWER ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("print")) && ISPRINT ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("punct")) && ISPUNCT ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("space")) && ISSPACE ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("upper")) && ISUPPER ((UCHAR) *n))
-			|| (STREQ (str, L("xdigit")) && ISXDIGIT ((UCHAR) *n)))
-		      goto matched;
-#endif
-		  }
-		else if (c == L('\0'))
-		  /* [ (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		else
-		  {
-		    c = FOLD (c);
-		  normal_bracket:
-		    if (c == fn)
-		      goto matched;
-
-		    cold = c;
-		    c = *p++;
-
-		    if (c == L('-') && *p != L(']'))
-		      {
-#if _LIBC
-			/* We have to find the collation sequence
-			   value for C.  Collation sequence is nothing
-			   we can regularly access.  The sequence
-			   value is defined by the order in which the
-			   definitions of the collation values for the
-			   various characters appear in the source
-			   file.  A strange concept, nowhere
-			   documented.  */
-			int32_t fseqidx;
-			int32_t lseqidx;
-			UCHAR cend = *p++;
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-			size_t cnt;
-# endif
-
-			if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
-			  cend = *p++;
-			if (cend == L('\0'))
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-			/* Search in the `names' array for the characters.  */
-			fseqidx = fn % size;
-			cnt = 0;
-			while (names[fseqidx] != fn)
-			  {
-			    if (++cnt == layers)
-			      /* XXX We don't know anything about
-				 the character we are supposed to
-				 match.  This means we are failing.  */
-			      goto range_not_matched;
-
-			    fseqidx += size;
-			  }
-			lseqidx = cold % size;
-			cnt = 0;
-			while (names[lseqidx] != cold)
-			  {
-			    if (++cnt == layers)
-			      {
-				lseqidx = -1;
-				break;
-			      }
-			    lseqidx += size;
-			  }
-# else
-			fseqidx = fn;
-			lseqidx = cold;
-# endif
-
-			/* XXX It is not entirely clear to me how to handle
-			   characters which are not mentioned in the
-			   collation specification.  */
-			if (
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-			    lseqidx == -1 ||
-# endif
-			    collseq[lseqidx] <= collseq[fseqidx])
-			  {
-			    /* We have to look at the upper bound.  */
-			    int32_t hseqidx;
-
-			    cend = FOLD (cend);
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-			    hseqidx = cend % size;
-			    cnt = 0;
-			    while (names[hseqidx] != cend)
-			      {
-				if (++cnt == layers)
-				  {
-				    /* Hum, no information about the upper
-				       bound.  The matching succeeds if the
-				       lower bound is matched exactly.  */
-				    if (lseqidx == -1 || cold != fn)
-				      goto range_not_matched;
-
-				    goto matched;
-				  }
-			      }
-# else
-			    hseqidx = cend;
-# endif
-
-			    if (
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-				(lseqidx == -1
-				 && collseq[fseqidx] == collseq[hseqidx]) ||
-# endif
-				collseq[fseqidx] <= collseq[hseqidx])
-			      goto matched;
-			  }
-# ifdef WIDE_CHAR_VERSION
-		      range_not_matched:
-# endif
-#else
-			/* We use a boring value comparison of the character
-			   values.  This is better than comparing using
-			   `strcoll' since the latter would have surprising
-			   and sometimes fatal consequences.  */
-			UCHAR cend = *p++;
-
-			if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && cend == L('\\'))
-			  cend = *p++;
-			if (cend == L('\0'))
-			  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-			/* It is a range.  */
-			if (cold <= fc && fc <= c)
-			  goto matched;
-#endif
-
-			c = *p++;
-		      }
-		  }
-
-		if (c == L(']'))
-		  break;
-	      }
-
-	    if (!not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	    break;
-
-	  matched:
-	    /* Skip the rest of the [...] that already matched.  */
-	    while (c != L(']'))
-	      {
-		if (c == L('\0'))
-		  /* [... (unterminated) loses.  */
-		  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-
-		c = *p++;
-		if (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == L('\\'))
-		  {
-		    if (*p == L('\0'))
-		      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    /* XXX 1003.2d11 is unclear if this is right.  */
-		    ++p;
-		  }
-		else if (c == L('[') && *p == L(':'))
-		  {
-		    do
-		      if (*++p == L('\0'))
-			return FNM_NOMATCH;
-		    while (*p != L(':') || p[1] == L(']'));
-		    p += 2;
-		    c = *p;
-		  }
-	      }
-	    if (not)
-	      return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	  }
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  if (c != FOLD ((UCHAR) *n))
-	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	}
-
-      ++n;
-    }
-
-  if (*n == '\0')
-    return 0;
-
-  if ((flags & FNM_LEADING_DIR) && *n == L('/'))
-    /* The FNM_LEADING_DIR flag says that "foo*" matches "foobar/frobozz".  */
-    return 0;
-
-  return FNM_NOMATCH;
-}
-
-#undef FOLD
-#undef CHAR
-#undef UCHAR
-#undef FCT
-#undef STRCHR
-#undef STRCHRNUL
-#undef STRCOLL
-#undef L
-#undef BTOWC
-#undef SUFFIX

lib/full-read.c

@@ -1,50 +0,0 @@
-/* full-read.c -- an interface to read that retries after interrupts
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
-   */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-/* Read LEN bytes at PTR from descriptor DESC, retrying if interrupted.
-   Return the actual number of bytes read, zero for EOF, or negative
-   for an error.  */
-
-ssize_t
-full_read (int desc, char *ptr, size_t len)
-{
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      ssize_t n = read (desc, ptr, len);
-#ifdef EINTR
-      if (n < 0 && errno == EINTR)
-	continue;
-#endif
-      return n;
-    }
-}

lib/full-write.c

@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/* An interface to read and write that retries (if necessary) until complete.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1993, 1994, 1997-2003 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#ifdef FULL_READ
-# include "full-read.h"
-#else
-# include "full-write.h"
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FULL_READ
-# include "safe-read.h"
-# define safe_rw safe_read
-# define full_rw full_read
-# undef const
-# define const /* empty */
-#else
-# include "safe-write.h"
-# define safe_rw safe_write
-# define full_rw full_write
-#endif
-
-#ifdef FULL_READ
-/* Set errno to zero upon EOF.  */
-# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO 0
-#else
-/* Some buggy drivers return 0 when one tries to write beyond
-   a device's end.  (Example: Linux 1.2.13 on /dev/fd0.)
-   Set errno to ENOSPC so they get a sensible diagnostic.  */
-# define ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO ENOSPC
-#endif
-
-/* Write(read) COUNT bytes at BUF to(from) descriptor FD, retrying if
-   interrupted or if a partial write(read) occurs.  Return the number
-   of bytes transferred.
-   When writing, set errno if fewer than COUNT bytes are written.
-   When reading, if fewer than COUNT bytes are read, you must examine
-   errno to distinguish failure from EOF (errno == 0).  */
-size_t
-full_rw (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count)
-{
-  size_t total = 0;
-  const char *ptr = buf;
-
-  while (count > 0)
-    {
-      size_t n_rw = safe_rw (fd, ptr, count);
-      if (n_rw == (size_t) -1)
-	break;
-      if (n_rw == 0)
-	{
-	  errno = ZERO_BYTE_TRANSFER_ERRNO;
-	  break;
-	}
-      total += n_rw;
-      ptr += n_rw;
-      count -= n_rw;
-    }
-
-  return total;
-}

lib/full-write.h

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-/* An interface to write() that writes all it is asked to write.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#include <stddef.h>
-
-/* Write COUNT bytes at BUF to descriptor FD, retrying if interrupted
-   or if partial writes occur.  Return the number of bytes successfully
-   written, setting errno if that is less than COUNT.  */
-extern size_t full_write (int fd, const void *buf, size_t count);

lib/human.c

@@ -1,366 +0,0 @@
-/* human.c -- print human readable file size
-
-   Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Originally contributed by lm@sgi.com;
-   --si, output block size selection, and large file support
-   added by eggert@twinsun.com.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CHAR_BIT
-# define CHAR_BIT 8
-#endif
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DECL_GETENV
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-#endif
-#if !HAVE_DECL_GETENV
-char *getenv ();
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
-#else
-# define _(Text) Text
-#endif
-
-#include <argmatch.h>
-#include <error.h>
-#include <xstrtol.h>
-
-#include "human.h"
-
-static const char suffixes[] =
-{
-  0,	/* not used */
-  'K',	/* kibi ('k' for kilo is a special case) */
-  'M',	/* mega or mebi */
-  'G',	/* giga or gibi */
-  'T',	/* tera or tebi */
-  'P',	/* peta or pebi */
-  'E',	/* exa or exbi */
-  'Z',	/* zetta or 2**70 */
-  'Y'	/* yotta or 2**80 */
-};
-
-/* Generate into P[-1] (and possibly P[-2]) the proper suffix for
-   POWER and BASE.  Return the address of the generated suffix.  */
-static char *
-generate_suffix_backwards (char *p, int power, int base)
-{
-  char letter = suffixes[power];
-
-  if (base == 1000)
-    {
-      *--p = 'B';
-      if (power == 1)
-	letter = 'k';
-    }
-
-  *--p = letter;
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* If INEXACT_STYLE is not human_round_to_even, and if easily
-   possible, adjust VALUE according to the style.  */
-static double
-adjust_value (enum human_inexact_style inexact_style, double value)
-{
-  /* Do not use the floor or ceil functions, as that would mean
-     linking with the standard math library, which is a porting pain.
-     So leave the value alone if it is too large to easily round.  */
-  if (inexact_style != human_round_to_even && value < (uintmax_t) -1)
-    {
-      uintmax_t u = value;
-      value = u + (inexact_style == human_ceiling && u != value);
-    }
-
-  return value;
-}
-
-/* Like human_readable_inexact, except always round to even.  */
-char *
-human_readable (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
-		int from_block_size, int output_block_size)
-{
-  return human_readable_inexact (n, buf, from_block_size, output_block_size,
-				 human_round_to_even);
-}
-
-/* Convert N to a human readable format in BUF.
-
-   N is expressed in units of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE.  FROM_BLOCK_SIZE must
-   be nonnegative.
-
-   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE must be nonzero.  If it is positive, use units of
-   OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE in the output number.
-
-   Use INEXACT_STYLE to determine whether to take the ceiling or floor
-   of any result that cannot be expressed exactly.
-
-   If OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is negative, use a format like "127K" if
-   possible, using powers of -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE; otherwise, use
-   ordinary decimal format.  Normally -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is either
-   1000 or 1024; it must be at least 2.  Most people visually process
-   strings of 3-4 digits effectively, but longer strings of digits are
-   more prone to misinterpretation.  Hence, converting to an
-   abbreviated form usually improves readability.  Use a suffix
-   indicating which power is being used.  For example, assuming
-   -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is 1024, 8500 would be converted to 8.3K,
-   133456345 to 127M, 56990456345 to 53G, and so on.  Numbers smaller
-   than -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE aren't modified.  If -OUTPUT_BLOCK_SIZE is
-   1024, append a "B" after any size letter.  */
-
-char *
-human_readable_inexact (uintmax_t n, char *buf,
-			int from_block_size, int output_block_size,
-			enum human_inexact_style inexact_style)
-{
-  uintmax_t amt;
-  int base;
-  int to_block_size;
-  int tenths = 0;
-  int power;
-  char *p;
-
-  /* 0 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS;
-     1 means AMT.TENTHS < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
-     2 means adjusted N == AMT.TENTHS + 0.05;
-     3 means AMT.TENTHS + 0.05 < adjusted N < AMT.TENTHS + 0.1.  */
-  int rounding = 0;
-
-  if (output_block_size < 0)
-    {
-      base = -output_block_size;
-      to_block_size = 1;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      base = 0;
-      to_block_size = output_block_size;
-    }
-
-  p = buf + LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE;
-  *p = '\0';
-
-#ifdef lint
-  /* Suppress `used before initialized' warning.  */
-  power = 0;
-#endif
-
-  /* Adjust AMT out of FROM_BLOCK_SIZE units and into TO_BLOCK_SIZE units.  */
-
-  {
-    int multiplier;
-    int divisor;
-    int r2;
-    int r10;
-    if (to_block_size <= from_block_size
-	? (from_block_size % to_block_size != 0
-	   || (multiplier = from_block_size / to_block_size,
-	       (amt = n * multiplier) / multiplier != n))
-	: (from_block_size == 0
-	   || to_block_size % from_block_size != 0
-	   || (divisor = to_block_size / from_block_size,
-	       r10 = (n % divisor) * 10,
-	       r2 = (r10 % divisor) * 2,
-	       amt = n / divisor,
-	       tenths = r10 / divisor,
-	       rounding = r2 < divisor ? 0 < r2 : 2 + (divisor < r2),
-	       0)))
-      {
-	/* Either the result cannot be computed easily using uintmax_t,
-	   or from_block_size is zero.  Fall back on floating point.
-	   FIXME: This can yield answers that are slightly off.  */
-
-	double damt = n * (from_block_size / (double) to_block_size);
-
-	if (! base)
-	  sprintf (buf, "%.0f", adjust_value (inexact_style, damt));
-	else
-	  {
-	    char suffix[3];
-	    char const *psuffix;
-	    double e = 1;
-	    power = 0;
-
-	    do
-	      {
-		e *= base;
-		power++;
-	      }
-	    while (e * base <= damt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
-
-	    damt /= e;
-
-	    suffix[2] = '\0';
-	    psuffix = generate_suffix_backwards (suffix + 2, power, base);
-	    sprintf (buf, "%.1f%s",
-		     adjust_value (inexact_style, damt), psuffix);
-	    if (4 + (base == 1000) < strlen (buf))
-	      sprintf (buf, "%.0f%s",
-		       adjust_value (inexact_style, damt * 10) / 10, psuffix);
-	  }
-
-	return buf;
-      }
-  }
-
-  /* Use power of BASE notation if adjusted AMT is large enough.  */
-
-  if (base && base <= amt)
-    {
-      power = 0;
-
-      do
-	{
-	  int r10 = (amt % base) * 10 + tenths;
-	  int r2 = (r10 % base) * 2 + (rounding >> 1);
-	  amt /= base;
-	  tenths = r10 / base;
-	  rounding = (r2 < base
-		      ? 0 < r2 + rounding
-		      : 2 + (base < r2 + rounding));
-	  power++;
-	}
-      while (base <= amt && power < sizeof suffixes - 1);
-
-      p = generate_suffix_backwards (p, power, base);
-
-      if (amt < 10)
-	{
-	  if (2 * (1 - (int) inexact_style)
-	      < rounding + (tenths & (inexact_style == human_round_to_even)))
-	    {
-	      tenths++;
-	      rounding = 0;
-
-	      if (tenths == 10)
-		{
-		  amt++;
-		  tenths = 0;
-		}
-	    }
-
-	  if (amt < 10)
-	    {
-	      *--p = '0' + tenths;
-	      *--p = '.';
-	      tenths = rounding = 0;
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (inexact_style == human_ceiling
-      ? 0 < tenths + rounding
-      : inexact_style == human_round_to_even
-      ? 5 < tenths + (2 < rounding + (amt & 1))
-      : /* inexact_style == human_floor */ 0)
-    {
-      amt++;
-
-      if (amt == base && power < sizeof suffixes - 1)
-	{
-	  *p = suffixes[power + 1];
-	  *--p = '0';
-	  *--p = '.';
-	  amt = 1;
-	}
-    }
-
-  do
-    *--p = '0' + (int) (amt % 10);
-  while ((amt /= 10) != 0);
-
-  return p;
-}
-
-
-/* The default block size used for output.  This number may change in
-   the future as disks get larger.  */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE
-# define DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE 1024
-#endif
-
-static char const *const block_size_args[] = { "human-readable", "si", 0 };
-static int const block_size_types[] = { -1024, -1000 };
-
-static int
-default_block_size (void)
-{
-  return getenv ("POSIXLY_CORRECT") ? 512 : DEFAULT_BLOCK_SIZE;
-}
-
-static strtol_error
-humblock (char const *spec, int *block_size)
-{
-  int i;
-
-  if (! spec && ! (spec = getenv ("BLOCK_SIZE")))
-    *block_size = default_block_size ();
-  else if (0 <= (i = ARGMATCH (spec, block_size_args, block_size_types)))
-    *block_size = block_size_types[i];
-  else
-    {
-      char *ptr;
-      unsigned long val;
-      strtol_error e = xstrtoul (spec, &ptr, 0, &val, "eEgGkKmMpPtTyYzZ0");
-      if (e != LONGINT_OK)
-	return e;
-      if (*ptr)
-	return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
-      if ((int) val < 0 || val != (int) val)
-	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
-      *block_size = (int) val;
-    }
-
-  return LONGINT_OK;
-}
-
-void
-human_block_size (char const *spec, int report_errors, int *block_size)
-{
-  strtol_error e = humblock (spec, block_size);
-  if (*block_size == 0)
-    {
-      *block_size = default_block_size ();
-      e = LONGINT_INVALID;
-    }
-  if (e != LONGINT_OK && report_errors)
-    STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (spec, _("block size"), e);
-}

lib/human.h

@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef HUMAN_H_
-# define HUMAN_H_ 1
-
-# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-#  include <config.h>
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#  include <inttypes.h>
-# endif
-
-# if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-#  include <limits.h>
-# endif
-# ifndef CHAR_BIT
-#  define CHAR_BIT 8
-# endif
-
-/* A conservative bound on the maximum length of a human-readable string.
-   The output can be the product of the largest uintmax_t and the largest int,
-   so add their sizes before converting to a bound on digits.  */
-# define LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE ((sizeof (uintmax_t) + sizeof (int)) \
-				 * CHAR_BIT / 3)
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-enum human_inexact_style
-{
-  human_floor = -1,
-  human_round_to_even = 0,
-  human_ceiling = 1
-};
-
-char *human_readable PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int));
-char *human_readable_inexact PARAMS ((uintmax_t, char *, int, int,
-				      enum human_inexact_style));
-
-void human_block_size PARAMS ((char const *, int, int *));
-
-#endif /* HUMAN_H_ */

lib/lchown.h

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-/* Some systems don't have ENOSYS.  */
-#ifndef ENOSYS
-# ifdef ENOTSUP
-#  define ENOSYS ENOTSUP
-# else
-/* Some systems don't have ENOTSUP either.  */
-#  define ENOSYS ENOMSG
-# endif
-#endif

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,445 +0,0 @@
-/* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu> */
-
-/* The ASCII mode string is compiled into a linked list of `struct
-   modechange', which can then be applied to each file to be changed.
-   We do this instead of re-parsing the ASCII string for each file
-   because the compiled form requires less computation to use; when
-   changing the mode of many files, this probably results in a
-   performance gain. */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "modechange.h"
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-#include "xstrtol.h"
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-char *malloc ();
-#endif
-
-#ifndef NULL
-# define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-#if STAT_MACROS_BROKEN
-# undef S_ISDIR
-#endif
-
-#if !defined(S_ISDIR) && defined(S_IFDIR)
-# define S_ISDIR(m) (((m) & S_IFMT) == S_IFDIR)
-#endif
-
-#ifndef S_ISUID
-# define S_ISUID 04000
-#endif
-#ifndef S_ISGID
-# define S_ISGID 04000
-#endif
-#ifndef S_ISVTX
-# define S_ISVTX 01000
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRUSR
-# define S_IRUSR 0400
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IWUSR
-# define S_IWUSR 0200
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXUSR
-# define S_IXUSR 0100
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRGRP
-# define S_IRGRP 0040
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IWGRP
-# define S_IWGRP 0020
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXGRP
-# define S_IXGRP 0010
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IROTH
-# define S_IROTH 0004
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IWOTH
-# define S_IWOTH 0002
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IXOTH
-# define S_IXOTH 0001
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRWXU
-# define S_IRWXU 0700
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRWXG
-# define S_IRWXG 0070
-#endif
-#ifndef S_IRWXO
-# define S_IRWXO 0007
-#endif
-
-/* All the mode bits that can be affected by chmod.  */
-#define CHMOD_MODE_BITS \
-  (S_ISUID | S_ISGID | S_ISVTX | S_IRWXU | S_IRWXG | S_IRWXO)
-
-/* Return newly allocated memory to hold one element of type TYPE. */
-#define talloc(type) ((type *) malloc (sizeof (type)))
-
-/* Create a mode_change entry with the specified `=ddd'-style
-   mode change operation, where NEW_MODE is `ddd'.  Return the
-   new entry, or NULL upon failure.  */
-
-static struct mode_change *
-make_node_op_equals (mode_t new_mode)
-{
-  struct mode_change *p;
-  p = talloc (struct mode_change);
-  if (p == NULL)
-    return p;
-  p->next = NULL;
-  p->op = '=';
-  p->flags = 0;
-  p->value = new_mode;
-  p->affected = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;	/* Affect all permissions. */
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Append entry E to the end of the link list with the specified
-   HEAD and TAIL.  */
-
-static void
-mode_append_entry (struct mode_change **head,
-		   struct mode_change **tail,
-		   struct mode_change *e)
-{
-  if (*head == NULL)
-    *head = *tail = e;
-  else
-    {
-      (*tail)->next = e;
-      *tail = e;
-    }
-}
-
-/* Return a linked list of file mode change operations created from
-   MODE_STRING, an ASCII string that contains either an octal number
-   specifying an absolute mode, or symbolic mode change operations with
-   the form:
-   [ugoa...][[+-=][rwxXstugo...]...][,...]
-   MASKED_OPS is a bitmask indicating which symbolic mode operators (=+-)
-   should not affect bits set in the umask when no users are given.
-   Operators not selected in MASKED_OPS ignore the umask.
-
-   Return MODE_INVALID if `mode_string' does not contain a valid
-   representation of file mode change operations;
-   return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED if there is insufficient memory. */
-
-struct mode_change *
-mode_compile (const char *mode_string, unsigned int masked_ops)
-{
-  struct mode_change *head;	/* First element of the linked list. */
-  struct mode_change *tail;	/* An element of the linked list. */
-  uintmax_t mode_value;		/* The mode value, if octal.  */
-  char *string_end;		/* Pointer to end of parsed value.  */
-  mode_t umask_value;		/* The umask value (surprise). */
-
-  head = NULL;
-#ifdef lint
-  tail = NULL;
-#endif
-
-  if (xstrtoumax (mode_string, &string_end, 8, &mode_value, "") == LONGINT_OK)
-    {
-      struct mode_change *p;
-      if (mode_value != (mode_value & CHMOD_MODE_BITS))
-	return MODE_INVALID;
-      p = make_node_op_equals ((mode_t) mode_value);
-      if (p == NULL)
-	return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
-      return head;
-    }
-
-  umask_value = umask (0);
-  umask (umask_value);		/* Restore the old value. */
-  --mode_string;
-
-  /* One loop iteration for each "ugoa...=+-rwxXstugo...[=+-rwxXstugo...]". */
-  do
-    {
-      /* Which bits in the mode are operated on. */
-      mode_t affected_bits = 0;
-      /* `affected_bits' modified by umask. */
-      mode_t affected_masked;
-      /* Operators to actually use umask on. */
-      unsigned ops_to_mask = 0;
-
-      int who_specified_p;
-
-      affected_bits = 0;
-      ops_to_mask = 0;
-      /* Turn on all the bits in `affected_bits' for each group given. */
-      for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
-	switch (*mode_string)
-	  {
-	  case 'u':
-	    affected_bits |= S_ISUID | S_IRWXU;
-	    break;
-	  case 'g':
-	    affected_bits |= S_ISGID | S_IRWXG;
-	    break;
-	  case 'o':
-	    affected_bits |= S_ISVTX | S_IRWXO;
-	    break;
-	  case 'a':
-	    affected_bits |= CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
-	    break;
-	  default:
-	    goto no_more_affected;
-	  }
-
-    no_more_affected:
-      /* If none specified, affect all bits, except perhaps those
-	 set in the umask. */
-      if (affected_bits)
-	who_specified_p = 1;
-      else
-	{
-	  who_specified_p = 0;
-	  affected_bits = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
-	  ops_to_mask = masked_ops;
-	}
-
-      while (*mode_string == '=' || *mode_string == '+' || *mode_string == '-')
-	{
-	  struct mode_change *change = talloc (struct mode_change);
-	  if (change == NULL)
-	    {
-	      mode_free (head);
-	      return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-	    }
-
-	  change->next = NULL;
-	  change->op = *mode_string;	/* One of "=+-". */
-	  affected_masked = affected_bits;
-
-	  /* Per the Single Unix Spec, if `who' is not specified and the
-	     `=' operator is used, then clear all the bits first.  */
-	  if (!who_specified_p &&
-	      ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS : 0))
-	    {
-	      struct mode_change *p = make_node_op_equals (0);
-	      if (p == NULL)
-		return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-	      mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, p);
-	    }
-
-	  if (ops_to_mask & (*mode_string == '=' ? MODE_MASK_EQUALS
-			     : *mode_string == '+' ? MODE_MASK_PLUS
-			     : MODE_MASK_MINUS))
-	    affected_masked &= ~umask_value;
-	  change->affected = affected_masked;
-	  change->value = 0;
-	  change->flags = 0;
-
-	  /* Add the element to the tail of the list, so the operations
-	     are performed in the correct order. */
-	  mode_append_entry (&head, &tail, change);
-
-	  /* Set `value' according to the bits set in `affected_masked'. */
-	  for (++mode_string;; ++mode_string)
-	    switch (*mode_string)
-	      {
-	      case 'r':
-		change->value |= ((S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH)
-				  & affected_masked);
-		break;
-	      case 'w':
-		change->value |= ((S_IWUSR | S_IWGRP | S_IWOTH)
-				  & affected_masked);
-		break;
-	      case 'X':
-		change->flags |= MODE_X_IF_ANY_X;
-		/* Fall through. */
-	      case 'x':
-		change->value |= ((S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)
-				  & affected_masked);
-		break;
-	      case 's':
-		/* Set the setuid/gid bits if `u' or `g' is selected. */
-		change->value |= (S_ISUID | S_ISGID) & affected_masked;
-		break;
-	      case 't':
-		/* Set the "save text image" bit if `o' is selected. */
-		change->value |= S_ISVTX & affected_masked;
-		break;
-	      case 'u':
-		/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `u' bits
-		   on the same file.  */
-		if (change->value)
-		  goto invalid;
-		change->value = S_IRWXU;
-		change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
-		break;
-	      case 'g':
-		/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `g' bits
-		   on the same file.  */
-		if (change->value)
-		  goto invalid;
-		change->value = S_IRWXG;
-		change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
-		break;
-	      case 'o':
-		/* Set the affected bits to the value of the `o' bits
-		   on the same file.  */
-		if (change->value)
-		  goto invalid;
-		change->value = S_IRWXO;
-		change->flags |= MODE_COPY_EXISTING;
-		break;
-	      default:
-		goto no_more_values;
-	      }
-	no_more_values:;
-	}
-  } while (*mode_string == ',');
-  if (*mode_string == 0)
-    return head;
-invalid:
-  mode_free (head);
-  return MODE_INVALID;
-}
-
-/* Return a file mode change operation that sets permissions to match those
-   of REF_FILE.  Return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE if REF_FILE can't be accessed.  */
-
-struct mode_change *
-mode_create_from_ref (const char *ref_file)
-{
-  struct mode_change *change;	/* the only change element */
-  struct stat ref_stats;
-
-  if (stat (ref_file, &ref_stats))
-    return MODE_BAD_REFERENCE;
-
-  change = talloc (struct mode_change);
-
-  if (change == NULL)
-    return MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED;
-
-  change->op = '=';
-  change->flags = 0;
-  change->affected = CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
-  change->value = ref_stats.st_mode;
-  change->next = NULL;
-
-  return change;
-}
-
-/* Return file mode OLDMODE, adjusted as indicated by the list of change
-   operations CHANGES.  If OLDMODE is a directory, the type `X'
-   change affects it even if no execute bits were set in OLDMODE.
-   The returned value has the S_IFMT bits cleared. */
-
-mode_t
-mode_adjust (mode_t oldmode, const struct mode_change *changes)
-{
-  mode_t newmode;	/* The adjusted mode and one operand. */
-  mode_t value;		/* The other operand. */
-
-  newmode = oldmode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS;
-
-  for (; changes; changes = changes->next)
-    {
-      if (changes->flags & MODE_COPY_EXISTING)
-	{
-	  /* Isolate in `value' the bits in `newmode' to copy, given in
-	     the mask `changes->value'. */
-	  value = newmode & changes->value;
-
-	  if (changes->value & S_IRWXU)
-	    /* Copy `u' permissions onto `g' and `o'. */
-	    value |= ((value & S_IRUSR ? S_IRGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IWUSR ? S_IWGRP | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IXUSR ? S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH : 0));
-	  else if (changes->value & S_IRWXG)
-	    /* Copy `g' permissions onto `u' and `o'. */
-	    value |= ((value & S_IRGRP ? S_IRUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IWGRP ? S_IWUSR | S_IROTH : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IXGRP ? S_IXUSR | S_IXOTH : 0));
-	  else
-	    /* Copy `o' permissions onto `u' and `g'. */
-	    value |= ((value & S_IROTH ? S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IWOTH ? S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP : 0)
-		      | (value & S_IXOTH ? S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP : 0));
-
-	  /* In order to change only `u', `g', or `o' permissions,
-	     or some combination thereof, clear unselected bits.
-	     This can not be done in mode_compile because the value
-	     to which the `changes->affected' mask is applied depends
-	     on the old mode of each file. */
-	  value &= changes->affected;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  value = changes->value;
-	  /* If `X', do not affect the execute bits if the file is not a
-	     directory and no execute bits are already set. */
-	  if ((changes->flags & MODE_X_IF_ANY_X)
-	      && !S_ISDIR (oldmode)
-	      && (newmode & (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH)) == 0)
-	    /* Clear the execute bits. */
-	    value &= ~ (S_IXUSR | S_IXGRP | S_IXOTH);
-	}
-
-      switch (changes->op)
-	{
-	case '=':
-	  /* Preserve the previous values in `newmode' of bits that are
-	     not affected by this change operation. */
-	  newmode = (newmode & ~changes->affected) | value;
-	  break;
-	case '+':
-	  newmode |= value;
-	  break;
-	case '-':
-	  newmode &= ~value;
-	  break;
-	}
-    }
-  return newmode;
-}
-
-/* Free the memory used by the list of file mode change operations
-   CHANGES. */
-
-void
-mode_free (register struct mode_change *changes)
-{
-  register struct mode_change *next;
-
-  while (changes)
-    {
-      next = changes->next;
-      free (changes);
-      changes = next;
-    }
-}

lib/prepargs.c

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/* Parse arguments from a string and prepend them to an argv.
-   Copyright 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
-   02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com>.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-#include "prepargs.h"
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <xalloc.h>
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-/* IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (C) is nonzero if the unsigned char C can safely be given
-   as an argument to <ctype.h> macros like "isspace".  */
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
-#else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) ((c) <= 0177)
-#endif
-
-#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
-
-/* Find the white-space-separated options specified by OPTIONS, and
-   using BUF to store copies of these options, set ARGV[0], ARGV[1],
-   etc. to the option copies.  Return the number N of options found.
-   Do not set ARGV[N].  If ARGV is null, do not store ARGV[0]
-   etc.  Backslash can be used to escape whitespace (and backslashes).  */
-static int
-prepend_args (char const *options, char *buf, char **argv)
-{
-  char const *o = options;
-  char *b = buf;
-  int n = 0;
-
-  for (;;)
-    {
-      while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *o))
-	o++;
-      if (!*o)
-	return n;
-      if (argv)
-	argv[n] = b;
-      n++;
-
-      do
-	if ((*b++ = *o++) == '\\' && *o)
-	  b[-1] = *o++;
-      while (*o && ! ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *o));
-
-      *b++ = '\0';
-    }
-}
-
-/* Prepend the whitespace-separated options in OPTIONS to the argument
-   vector of a main program with argument count *PARGC and argument
-   vector *PARGV.  */
-void
-prepend_default_options (char const *options, int *pargc, char ***pargv)
-{
-  if (options)
-    {
-      char *buf = xmalloc (strlen (options) + 1);
-      int prepended = prepend_args (options, buf, (char **) 0);
-      int argc = *pargc;
-      char * const *argv = *pargv;
-      char **pp = (char **) xmalloc ((prepended + argc + 1) * sizeof *pp);
-      *pargc = prepended + argc;
-      *pargv = pp;
-      *pp++ = *argv++;
-      pp += prepend_args (options, buf, pp);
-      while ((*pp++ = *argv++))
-	continue;
-    }
-}

lib/prepargs.h

@@ -1,3 +0,0 @@
-/* Parse arguments from a string and prepend them to an argv.  */
-
-void prepend_default_options (char const *, int *, char ***);

lib/print-copyr.c

@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/* Print a copyright notice suitable for the current locale.
-   Copyright (C) 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include "print-copyr.h"
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include "unicodeio.h"
-#else
-# define unicode_to_mb(code, callback, error_callback, callback_arg) \
-    error_callback (code, callback_arg)
-#endif
-
-#define COPYRIGHT_SIGN 0x00A9
-
-/* Print "(C)".  */
-
-static int
-print_parenthesized_c (unsigned int code, void *callback_arg)
-{
-  FILE *stream = callback_arg;
-  return fputs ("(C)", stream);
-}
-
-/* Print "Copyright (C) " followed by NOTICE and then a newline,
-   transliterating "(C)" to an actual copyright sign (C-in-a-circle)
-   if possible.  */
-
-void
-print_copyright (char const *notice)
-{
-  fputs ("Copyright ", stdout);
-  unicode_to_mb (COPYRIGHT_SIGN, print_unicode_char, print_parenthesized_c,
-		 stdout);
-  fputc (' ', stdout);
-  puts (notice);
-}

lib/print-copyr.h

@@ -1,9 +0,0 @@
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if PROTOTYPES || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(args) args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-void print_copyright PARAMS((char const *));

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -1,658 +0,0 @@
-/* quotearg.c - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>  /* For the definition of size_t on windows w/MSVC.  */
-#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <quotearg.h>
-#include <xalloc.h>
-
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(text) gettext (text)
-#else
-# define _(text) text
-#endif
-#define N_(text) text
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef CHAR_BIT
-# define CHAR_BIT 8
-#endif
-#ifndef SIZE_MAX
-# define SIZE_MAX ((size_t) -1)
-#endif
-#ifndef UCHAR_MAX
-# define UCHAR_MAX ((unsigned char) -1)
-#endif
-#ifndef UINT_MAX
-# define UINT_MAX ((unsigned int) -1)
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A
-# define ALERT_CHAR '\a'
-#else
-# define ALERT_CHAR '\7'
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_WCHAR_H
-
-/* BSD/OS 4.1 wchar.h requires FILE and struct tm to be declared.  */
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include <time.h>
-
-# include <wchar.h>
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_MBRTOWC
-/* Disable multibyte processing entirely.  Since MB_CUR_MAX is 1, the
-   other macros are defined only for documentation and to satisfy C
-   syntax.  */
-# undef MB_CUR_MAX
-# define MB_CUR_MAX 1
-# define mbrtowc(pwc, s, n, ps) ((*(pwc) = *(s)) != 0)
-# define mbsinit(ps) 1
-# define iswprint(wc) ISPRINT ((unsigned char) (wc))
-#endif
-
-#ifndef iswprint
-# if HAVE_WCTYPE_H
-#  include <wctype.h>
-# endif
-# if !defined iswprint && !HAVE_ISWPRINT
-#  define iswprint(wc) 1
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
-
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
-#else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
-#endif
-
-/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
-#undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
-
-struct quoting_options
-{
-  /* Basic quoting style.  */
-  enum quoting_style style;
-
-  /* Quote the characters indicated by this bit vector even if the
-     quoting style would not normally require them to be quoted.  */
-  int quote_these_too[(UCHAR_MAX / INT_BITS) + 1];
-};
-
-/* Names of quoting styles.  */
-char const *const quoting_style_args[] =
-{
-  "literal",
-  "shell",
-  "shell-always",
-  "c",
-  "escape",
-  "locale",
-  "clocale",
-  0
-};
-
-/* Correspondences to quoting style names.  */
-enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[] =
-{
-  literal_quoting_style,
-  shell_quoting_style,
-  shell_always_quoting_style,
-  c_quoting_style,
-  escape_quoting_style,
-  locale_quoting_style,
-  clocale_quoting_style
-};
-
-/* The default quoting options.  */
-static struct quoting_options default_quoting_options;
-
-/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
-   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
-   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
-struct quoting_options *
-clone_quoting_options (struct quoting_options *o)
-{
-  struct quoting_options *p
-    = (struct quoting_options *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct quoting_options));
-  *p = *(o ? o : &default_quoting_options);
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
-enum quoting_style
-get_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o)
-{
-  return (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style;
-}
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
-void
-set_quoting_style (struct quoting_options *o, enum quoting_style s)
-{
-  (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->style = s;
-}
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
-   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
-   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
-   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
-int
-set_char_quoting (struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i)
-{
-  unsigned char uc = c;
-  int *p = (o ? o : &default_quoting_options)->quote_these_too + uc / INT_BITS;
-  int shift = uc % INT_BITS;
-  int r = (*p >> shift) & 1;
-  *p ^= ((i & 1) ^ r) << shift;
-  return r;
-}
-
-/* MSGID approximates a quotation mark.  Return its translation if it
-   has one; otherwise, return either it or "\"", depending on S.  */
-static char const *
-gettext_quote (char const *msgid, enum quoting_style s)
-{
-  char const *translation = _(msgid);
-  if (translation == msgid && s == clocale_quoting_style)
-    translation = "\"";
-  return translation;
-}
-
-/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
-   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using QUOTING_STYLE and the
-   non-quoting-style part of O to control quoting.
-   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
-   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
-   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
-   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
-   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.
-
-   This function acts like quotearg_buffer (BUFFER, BUFFERSIZE, ARG,
-   ARGSIZE, O), except it uses QUOTING_STYLE instead of the quoting
-   style specified by O, and O may not be null.  */
-
-static size_t
-quotearg_buffer_restyled (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
-			  char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-			  enum quoting_style quoting_style,
-			  struct quoting_options const *o)
-{
-  size_t i;
-  size_t len = 0;
-  char const *quote_string = 0;
-  size_t quote_string_len = 0;
-  int backslash_escapes = 0;
-  int unibyte_locale = MB_CUR_MAX == 1;
-
-#define STORE(c) \
-    do \
-      { \
-	if (len < buffersize) \
-	  buffer[len] = (c); \
-	len++; \
-      } \
-    while (0)
-
-  switch (quoting_style)
-    {
-    case c_quoting_style:
-      STORE ('"');
-      backslash_escapes = 1;
-      quote_string = "\"";
-      quote_string_len = 1;
-      break;
-
-    case escape_quoting_style:
-      backslash_escapes = 1;
-      break;
-
-    case locale_quoting_style:
-    case clocale_quoting_style:
-      {
-	/* Get translations for open and closing quotation marks.
-
-	   The message catalog should translate "`" to a left
-	   quotation mark suitable for the locale, and similarly for
-	   "'".  If the catalog has no translation,
-	   locale_quoting_style quotes `like this', and
-	   clocale_quoting_style quotes "like this".
-
-	   For example, an American English Unicode locale should
-	   translate "`" to U+201C (LEFT DOUBLE QUOTATION MARK), and
-	   should translate "'" to U+201D (RIGHT DOUBLE QUOTATION
-	   MARK).  A British English Unicode locale should instead
-	   translate these to U+2018 (LEFT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK) and
-	   U+2019 (RIGHT SINGLE QUOTATION MARK), respectively.  */
-
-	char const *left = gettext_quote (N_("`"), quoting_style);
-	char const *right = gettext_quote (N_("'"), quoting_style);
-	for (quote_string = left; *quote_string; quote_string++)
-	  STORE (*quote_string);
-	backslash_escapes = 1;
-	quote_string = right;
-	quote_string_len = strlen (quote_string);
-      }
-      break;
-
-    case shell_always_quoting_style:
-      STORE ('\'');
-      quote_string = "'";
-      quote_string_len = 1;
-      break;
-
-    default:
-      break;
-    }
-
-  for (i = 0;  ! (argsize == (size_t) -1 ? arg[i] == '\0' : i == argsize);  i++)
-    {
-      unsigned char c;
-      unsigned char esc;
-
-      if (backslash_escapes
-	  && quote_string_len
-	  && i + quote_string_len <= argsize
-	  && memcmp (arg + i, quote_string, quote_string_len) == 0)
-	STORE ('\\');
-
-      c = arg[i];
-      switch (c)
-	{
-	case '\0':
-	  if (backslash_escapes)
-	    {
-	      STORE ('\\');
-	      STORE ('0');
-	      STORE ('0');
-	      c = '0';
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '?':
-	  switch (quoting_style)
-	    {
-	    case shell_quoting_style:
-	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-
-	    case c_quoting_style:
-	      if (i + 2 < argsize && arg[i + 1] == '?')
-		switch (arg[i + 2])
-		  {
-		  case '!': case '\'':
-		  case '(': case ')': case '-': case '/':
-		  case '<': case '=': case '>':
-		    /* Escape the second '?' in what would otherwise be
-		       a trigraph.  */
-		    i += 2;
-		    c = arg[i + 2];
-		    STORE ('?');
-		    STORE ('\\');
-		    STORE ('?');
-		    break;
-		  }
-	      break;
-
-	    default:
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case ALERT_CHAR: esc = 'a'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\b': esc = 'b'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\f': esc = 'f'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\n': esc = 'n'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-	case '\r': esc = 'r'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-	case '\t': esc = 't'; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-	case '\v': esc = 'v'; goto c_escape;
-	case '\\': esc = c; goto c_and_shell_escape;
-
-	c_and_shell_escape:
-	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
-	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-	c_escape:
-	  if (backslash_escapes)
-	    {
-	      c = esc;
-	      goto store_escape;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '#': case '~':
-	  if (i != 0)
-	    break;
-	  /* Fall through.  */
-	case ' ':
-	case '!': /* special in bash */
-	case '"': case '$': case '&':
-	case '(': case ')': case '*': case ';':
-	case '<': case '>': case '[':
-	case '^': /* special in old /bin/sh, e.g. SunOS 4.1.4 */
-	case '`': case '|':
-	  /* A shell special character.  In theory, '$' and '`' could
-	     be the first bytes of multibyte characters, which means
-	     we should check them with mbrtowc, but in practice this
-	     doesn't happen so it's not worth worrying about.  */
-	  if (quoting_style == shell_quoting_style)
-	    goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-	  break;
-
-	case '\'':
-	  switch (quoting_style)
-	    {
-	    case shell_quoting_style:
-	      goto use_shell_always_quoting_style;
-
-	    case shell_always_quoting_style:
-	      STORE ('\'');
-	      STORE ('\\');
-	      STORE ('\'');
-	      break;
-
-	    default:
-	      break;
-	    }
-	  break;
-
-	case '%': case '+': case ',': case '-': case '.': case '/':
-	case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3': case '4': case '5':
-	case '6': case '7': case '8': case '9': case ':': case '=':
-	case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D': case 'E': case 'F':
-	case 'G': case 'H': case 'I': case 'J': case 'K': case 'L':
-	case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P': case 'Q': case 'R':
-	case 'S': case 'T': case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
-	case 'Y': case 'Z': case ']': case '_': case 'a': case 'b':
-	case 'c': case 'd': case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
-	case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l': case 'm': case 'n':
-	case 'o': case 'p': case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
-	case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x': case 'y': case 'z':
-	case '{': case '}':
-	  /* These characters don't cause problems, no matter what the
-	     quoting style is.  They cannot start multibyte sequences.  */
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  /* If we have a multibyte sequence, copy it until we reach
-	     its end, find an error, or come back to the initial shift
-	     state.  For C-like styles, if the sequence has
-	     unprintable characters, escape the whole sequence, since
-	     we can't easily escape single characters within it.  */
-	  {
-	    /* Length of multibyte sequence found so far.  */
-	    size_t m;
-
-	    int printable;
-
-	    if (unibyte_locale)
-	      {
-		m = 1;
-		printable = ISPRINT (c);
-	      }
-	    else
-	      {
-		mbstate_t mbstate;
-		memset (&mbstate, 0, sizeof mbstate);
-
-		m = 0;
-		printable = 1;
-		if (argsize == (size_t) -1)
-		  argsize = strlen (arg);
-
-		do
-		  {
-		    wchar_t w;
-		    size_t bytes = mbrtowc (&w, &arg[i + m],
-					    argsize - (i + m), &mbstate);
-		    if (bytes == 0)
-		      break;
-		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -1)
-		      {
-			printable = 0;
-			break;
-		      }
-		    else if (bytes == (size_t) -2)
-		      {
-			printable = 0;
-			while (i + m < argsize && arg[i + m])
-			  m++;
-			break;
-		      }
-		    else
-		      {
-			if (! iswprint (w))
-			  printable = 0;
-			m += bytes;
-		      }
-		  }
-		while (! mbsinit (&mbstate));
-	      }
-
-	    if (1 < m || (backslash_escapes && ! printable))
-	      {
-		/* Output a multibyte sequence, or an escaped
-		   unprintable unibyte character.  */
-		size_t ilim = i + m;
-
-		for (;;)
-		  {
-		    if (backslash_escapes && ! printable)
-		      {
-			STORE ('\\');
-			STORE ('0' + (c >> 6));
-			STORE ('0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
-			c = '0' + (c & 7);
-		      }
-		    if (ilim <= i + 1)
-		      break;
-		    STORE (c);
-		    c = arg[++i];
-		  }
-
-		goto store_c;
-	      }
-	  }
-	}
-
-      if (! (backslash_escapes
-	     && o->quote_these_too[c / INT_BITS] & (1 << (c % INT_BITS))))
-	goto store_c;
-
-    store_escape:
-      STORE ('\\');
-
-    store_c:
-      STORE (c);
-    }
-
-  if (quote_string)
-    for (; *quote_string; quote_string++)
-      STORE (*quote_string);
-
-  if (len < buffersize)
-    buffer[len] = '\0';
-  return len;
-
- use_shell_always_quoting_style:
-  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
-				   shell_always_quoting_style, o);
-}
-
-/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
-   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
-   If O is null, use the default.
-   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
-   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
-   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
-   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
-   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
-size_t
-quotearg_buffer (char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
-		 char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-		 struct quoting_options const *o)
-{
-  struct quoting_options const *p = o ? o : &default_quoting_options;
-  return quotearg_buffer_restyled (buffer, buffersize, arg, argsize,
-				   p->style, p);
-}
-
-/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of argument ARG.
-   ARG is of size ARGSIZE, but if that is -1, ARG is a null-terminated string.
-   OPTIONS specifies the quoting options.
-   The returned value points to static storage that can be
-   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
-   N must be nonnegative.  N is deliberately declared with type "int"
-   to allow for future extensions (using negative values).  */
-static char *
-quotearg_n_options (int n, char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-		    struct quoting_options const *options)
-{
-  /* Preallocate a slot 0 buffer, so that the caller can always quote
-     one small component of a "memory exhausted" message in slot 0.  */
-  static char slot0[256];
-  static unsigned int nslots = 1;
-  unsigned int n0 = n;
-  struct slotvec
-    {
-      size_t size;
-      char *val;
-    };
-  static struct slotvec slotvec0 = {sizeof slot0, slot0};
-  static struct slotvec *slotvec = &slotvec0;
-
-  if (n < 0)
-    abort ();
-
-  if (nslots <= n0)
-    {
-      unsigned int n1 = n0 + 1;
-      size_t s = n1 * sizeof *slotvec;
-
-      if (SIZE_MAX / UINT_MAX <= sizeof *slotvec
-	  && n1 != s / sizeof *slotvec)
-	xalloc_die ();
-
-      if (slotvec == &slotvec0)
-	{
-	  slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xmalloc (sizeof *slotvec);
-	  *slotvec = slotvec0;
-	}
-      slotvec = (struct slotvec *) xrealloc (slotvec, s);
-      memset (slotvec + nslots, 0, (n1 - nslots) * sizeof *slotvec);
-      nslots = n1;
-    }
-
-  {
-    size_t size = slotvec[n].size;
-    char *val = slotvec[n].val;
-    size_t qsize = quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
-
-    if (size <= qsize)
-      {
-	slotvec[n].size = size = qsize + 1;
-	slotvec[n].val = val = xrealloc (val == slot0 ? 0 : val, size);
-	quotearg_buffer (val, size, arg, argsize, options);
-      }
-
-    return val;
-  }
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_n (int n, char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &default_quoting_options);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg (char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_n (0, arg);
-}
-
-/* Return quoting options for STYLE, with no extra quoting.  */
-static struct quoting_options
-quoting_options_from_style (enum quoting_style style)
-{
-  struct quoting_options o;
-  o.style = style;
-  memset (o.quote_these_too, 0, sizeof o.quote_these_too);
-  return o;
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_n_style (int n, enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
-{
-  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, (size_t) -1, &o);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_n_style_mem (int n, enum quoting_style s,
-		      char const *arg, size_t argsize)
-{
-  struct quoting_options const o = quoting_options_from_style (s);
-  return quotearg_n_options (n, arg, argsize, &o);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_style (enum quoting_style s, char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_n_style (0, s, arg);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_char (char const *arg, char ch)
-{
-  struct quoting_options options;
-  options = default_quoting_options;
-  set_char_quoting (&options, ch, 1);
-  return quotearg_n_options (0, arg, (size_t) -1, &options);
-}
-
-char *
-quotearg_colon (char const *arg)
-{
-  return quotearg_char (arg, ':');
-}

lib/quotearg.h

@@ -1,100 +0,0 @@
-/* quotearg.h - quote arguments for output
-   Copyright (C) 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert <eggert@twinsun.com> */
-
-/* Basic quoting styles.  */
-enum quoting_style
-  {
-    literal_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=literal */
-    shell_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell */
-    shell_always_quoting_style,	/* --quoting-style=shell-always */
-    c_quoting_style,		/* --quoting-style=c */
-    escape_quoting_style	/* --quoting-style=escape */
-  };
-
-/* For now, --quoting-style=literal is the default, but
-   this is planned to change to --quoting-style=shell in the future.  */
-#ifndef DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE
-# define DEFAULT_QUOTING_STYLE literal_quoting_style
-#endif
-
-/* Names of quoting styles and their corresponding values.  */
-extern char const *const quoting_style_args[];
-extern enum quoting_style const quoting_style_vals[];
-
-struct quoting_options;
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* The functions listed below set and use a hidden variable
-   that contains the default quoting style options.  */
-
-/* Allocate a new set of quoting options, with contents initially identical
-   to O if O is not null, or to the default if O is null.
-   It is the caller's responsibility to free the result.  */
-struct quoting_options *clone_quoting_options
-   PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
-
-/* Get the value of O's quoting style.  If O is null, use the default.  */
-enum quoting_style get_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o));
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting style to S.  */
-void set_quoting_style PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o,
-				enum quoting_style s));
-
-/* In O (or in the default if O is null),
-   set the value of the quoting options for character C to I.
-   Return the old value.  Currently, the only values defined for I are
-   0 (the default) and 1 (which means to quote the character even if
-   it would not otherwise be quoted).  */
-int set_char_quoting PARAMS ((struct quoting_options *o, char c, int i));
-
-/* Place into buffer BUFFER (of size BUFFERSIZE) a quoted version of
-   argument ARG (of size ARGSIZE), using O to control quoting.
-   If O is null, use the default.
-   Terminate the output with a null character, and return the written
-   size of the output, not counting the terminating null.
-   If BUFFERSIZE is too small to store the output string, return the
-   value that would have been returned had BUFFERSIZE been large enough.
-   If ARGSIZE is -1, use the string length of the argument for ARGSIZE.  */
-size_t quotearg_buffer PARAMS ((char *buffer, size_t buffersize,
-				char const *arg, size_t argsize,
-				struct quoting_options const *o));
-
-/* Use storage slot N to return a quoted version of the string ARG.
-   Use the default quoting options.
-   The returned value points to static storage that can be
-   reused by the next call to this function with the same value of N.
-   N must be nonnegative.  */
-char *quotearg_n PARAMS ((unsigned int n, char const *arg));
-
-/* Equivalent to quotearg_n (0, ARG).  */
-char *quotearg PARAMS ((char const *arg));
-
-/* Like quotearg (ARG), except also quote any instances of CH.  */
-char *quotearg_char PARAMS ((char const *arg, char ch));
-
-/* Equivalent to quotearg_char (ARG, ':').  */
-char *quotearg_colon PARAMS ((char const *arg));

lib/safe-read.h

@@ -1,10 +0,0 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-ssize_t full_write PARAMS ((int desc, const char *ptr, size_t len));
-ssize_t safe_read PARAMS ((int desc, void *ptr, size_t len));

lib/savedir.c

@@ -1,129 +0,0 @@
-/* savedir.c -- save the list of files in a directory in a string
-
-   Copyright 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001 Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>. */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_DIRENT_H
-# include <dirent.h>
-#else
-# define dirent direct
-# if HAVE_SYS_NDIR_H
-#  include <sys/ndir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_SYS_DIR_H
-#  include <sys/dir.h>
-# endif
-# if HAVE_NDIR_H
-#  include <ndir.h>
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CLOSEDIR_VOID
-/* Fake a return value. */
-# define CLOSEDIR(d) (closedir (d), 0)
-#else
-# define CLOSEDIR(d) closedir (d)
-#endif
-
-#ifdef STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#ifndef NULL
-# define NULL 0
-#endif
-
-#include "savedir.h"
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-/* Return a freshly allocated string containing the filenames
-   in directory DIR, separated by '\0' characters;
-   the end is marked by two '\0' characters in a row.
-   Return NULL (setting errno) if DIR cannot be opened, read, or closed.  */
-
-#ifndef NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT
-# define NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT 512
-#endif
-
-char *
-savedir (const char *dir)
-{
-  DIR *dirp;
-  struct dirent *dp;
-  char *name_space;
-  size_t allocated = NAME_SIZE_DEFAULT;
-  size_t used = 0;
-  int save_errno;
-
-  dirp = opendir (dir);
-  if (dirp == NULL)
-    return NULL;
-
-  name_space = xmalloc (allocated);
-
-  errno = 0;
-  while ((dp = readdir (dirp)) != NULL)
-    {
-      /* Skip "", ".", and "..".  "" is returned by at least one buggy
-         implementation: Solaris 2.4 readdir on NFS filesystems.  */
-      char const *entry = dp->d_name;
-      if (entry[entry[0] != '.' ? 0 : entry[1] != '.' ? 1 : 2] != '\0')
-	{
-	  size_t entry_size = strlen (entry) + 1;
-	  if (used + entry_size < used)
-	    xalloc_die ();
-	  if (allocated <= used + entry_size)
-	    {
-	      do
-		{
-		  if (2 * allocated < allocated)
-		    xalloc_die ();
-		  allocated *= 2;
-		}
-	      while (allocated <= used + entry_size);
-
-	      name_space = xrealloc (name_space, allocated);
-	    }
-	  memcpy (name_space + used, entry, entry_size);
-	  used += entry_size;
-	}
-    }
-  name_space[used] = '\0';
-  save_errno = errno;
-  if (CLOSEDIR (dirp) != 0)
-    save_errno = errno;
-  if (save_errno != 0)
-    {
-      free (name_space);
-      errno = save_errno;
-      return NULL;
-    }
-  return name_space;
-}

lib/savedir.h

@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-#if !defined SAVEDIR_H_
-# define SAVEDIR_H_
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-char *savedir PARAMS ((const char *dir));
-
-#endif

lib/stdopen.c

@@ -0,0 +1,76 @@
+/* stdopen.c - ensure that the three standard file descriptors are in use
+
+   Copyright 2005, 2007, 2013-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert and Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "stdopen.h"
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+
+/* Try to ensure that all of the standard file numbers (0, 1, 2)
+   are in use.  Without this, each application would have to guard
+   every call to open, dup, fopen, etc. with tests to ensure they
+   don't use one of the special file numbers when opening a file.
+   Return false if at least one of the file descriptors is initially
+   closed and an attempt to reopen it fails.  Otherwise, return true.  */
+bool
+stdopen (void)
+{
+  int fd;
+  bool ok = true;
+
+  for (fd = 0; fd <= 2; fd++)
+    {
+      if (fcntl (fd, F_GETFD) < 0)
+        {
+          if (errno != EBADF)
+            ok = false;
+          else
+            {
+              static const int contrary_mode[]
+                = { O_WRONLY, O_RDONLY, O_RDONLY };
+              int mode = contrary_mode[fd];
+              int new_fd;
+              /* Open /dev/null with the contrary mode so that the typical
+                 read (stdin) or write (stdout, stderr) operation will fail.
+                 With descriptor 0, we can do even better on systems that
+                 have /dev/full, by opening that write-only instead of
+                 /dev/null.  The only drawback is that a write-provoked
+                 failure comes with a misleading errno value, ENOSPC.  */
+              if (mode == O_RDONLY
+                  || (new_fd = open ("/dev/full", mode) != fd))
+                new_fd = open ("/dev/null", mode);
+              if (new_fd != fd)
+                {
+                  if (0 <= new_fd)
+                    close (new_fd);
+                  ok = false;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+  return ok;
+}

lib/stdopen.h

@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+#ifndef STDOPEN_H
+# define STDOPEN_H 1
+
+# include <stdbool.h>
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+# endif
+
+bool stdopen (void);
+
+# ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+# endif
+
+#endif

lib/strtoimax.c

@@ -1,101 +0,0 @@
-/* Convert string representation of a number into an intmax_t value.
-
-   Copyright (C) 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Paul Eggert. */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-# include <inttypes.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || defined __STDC__
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
-# endif
-#endif
-
-/* Verify a requirement at compile-time (unlike assert, which is runtime).  */
-#define verify(name, assertion) struct name { char a[(assertion) ? 1 : -1]; }
-
-#ifdef UNSIGNED
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-# endif
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL
-unsigned long strtoul PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-# endif
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOULL && HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
-unsigned long long strtoull PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
-# endif
-
-#else
-
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-# endif
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL
-long strtol PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
-# endif
-# ifndef HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL
-"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
-# endif
-# if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOLL && HAVE_LONG_LONG
-long long strtoll PARAMS ((char const *, char **, int));
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#ifdef UNSIGNED
-# undef HAVE_LONG_LONG
-# define HAVE_LONG_LONG HAVE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG
-# define INT uintmax_t
-# define strtoimax strtoumax
-# define strtol strtoul
-# define strtoll strtoull
-#else
-# define INT intmax_t
-#endif
-
-INT
-strtoimax (char const *ptr, char **endptr, int base)
-{
-#if HAVE_LONG_LONG
-  verify (size_is_that_of_long_or_long_long,
-	  (sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long)
-	   || sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long long)));
-
-  if (sizeof (INT) != sizeof (long))
-    return strtoll (ptr, endptr, base);
-#else
-  verify (size_is_that_of_long,
-	  sizeof (INT) == sizeof (long));
-#endif
-
-  return strtol (ptr, endptr, base);
-}

lib/strtoumax.c

@@ -1,2 +0,0 @@
-#define UNSIGNED 1
-#include "strtoimax.c"

lib/unicodeio.c

@@ -1,263 +0,0 @@
-/* Unicode character output to streams with locale dependent encoding.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>.  */
-
-/* Note: This file requires the locale_charset() function.  See in
-   libiconv-1.7/libcharset/INTEGRATE for how to obtain it.  */
-
-#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STDDEF_H
-# include <stddef.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-# include <iconv.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <error.h>
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-#else
-# define gettext(Text) Text
-#endif
-#define _(Text) gettext (Text)
-#define N_(Text) Text
-
-/* Specification.  */
-#include "unicodeio.h"
-
-/* When we pass a Unicode character to iconv(), we must pass it in a
-   suitable encoding. The standardized Unicode encodings are
-   UTF-8, UCS-2, UCS-4, UTF-16, UTF-16BE, UTF-16LE, UTF-7.
-   UCS-2 supports only characters up to \U0000FFFF.
-   UTF-16 and variants support only characters up to \U0010FFFF.
-   UTF-7 is way too complex and not supported by glibc-2.1.
-   UCS-4 specification leaves doubts about endianness and byte order
-   mark. glibc currently interprets it as big endian without byte order
-   mark, but this is not backed by an RFC.
-   So we use UTF-8. It supports characters up to \U7FFFFFFF and is
-   unambiguously defined.  */
-
-/* Stores the UTF-8 representation of the Unicode character wc in r[0..5].
-   Returns the number of bytes stored, or -1 if wc is out of range.  */
-static int
-utf8_wctomb (unsigned char *r, unsigned int wc)
-{
-  int count;
-
-  if (wc < 0x80)
-    count = 1;
-  else if (wc < 0x800)
-    count = 2;
-  else if (wc < 0x10000)
-    count = 3;
-  else if (wc < 0x200000)
-    count = 4;
-  else if (wc < 0x4000000)
-    count = 5;
-  else if (wc <= 0x7fffffff)
-    count = 6;
-  else
-    return -1;
-
-  switch (count)
-    {
-      /* Note: code falls through cases! */
-      case 6: r[5] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x4000000;
-      case 5: r[4] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x200000;
-      case 4: r[3] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x10000;
-      case 3: r[2] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0x800;
-      case 2: r[1] = 0x80 | (wc & 0x3f); wc = wc >> 6; wc |= 0xc0;
-      case 1: r[0] = wc;
-    }
-
-  return count;
-}
-
-/* Luckily, the encoding's name is platform independent.  */
-#define UTF8_NAME "UTF-8"
-
-/* Converts the Unicode character CODE to its multibyte representation
-   in the current locale and calls the SUCCESS callback on the resulting
-   byte sequence.  If an error occurs, invokes the FAILURE callback instead,
-   passing it CODE and an English error string.
-   Returns whatever the callback returned.
-   Assumes that the locale doesn't change between two calls.  */
-long
-unicode_to_mb (unsigned int code,
-	       long (*success) PARAMS ((const char *buf, size_t buflen,
-					void *callback_arg)),
-	       long (*failure) PARAMS ((unsigned int code, const char *msg,
-					void *callback_arg)),
-	       void *callback_arg)
-{
-  static int initialized;
-  static int is_utf8;
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-  static iconv_t utf8_to_local;
-#endif
-
-  char inbuf[6];
-  int count;
-
-  if (!initialized)
-    {
-      extern const char *locale_charset PARAMS ((void));
-      const char *charset = locale_charset ();
-
-      is_utf8 = !strcmp (charset, UTF8_NAME);
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-      if (!is_utf8)
-	{
-	  utf8_to_local = iconv_open (charset, UTF8_NAME);
-	  if (utf8_to_local == (iconv_t)(-1))
-	    /* For an unknown encoding, assume ASCII.  */
-	    utf8_to_local = iconv_open ("ASCII", UTF8_NAME);
-	}
-#endif
-      initialized = 1;
-    }
-
-  /* Test whether the utf8_to_local converter is available at all.  */
-  if (!is_utf8)
-    {
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-      if (utf8_to_local == (iconv_t)(-1))
-	return failure (code, N_("iconv function not usable"), callback_arg);
-#else
-      return failure (code, N_("iconv function not available"), callback_arg);
-#endif
-    }
-
-  /* Convert the character to UTF-8.  */
-  count = utf8_wctomb ((unsigned char *) inbuf, code);
-  if (count < 0)
-    return failure (code, N_("character out of range"), callback_arg);
-
-#if HAVE_ICONV
-  if (!is_utf8)
-    {
-      char outbuf[25];
-      const char *inptr;
-      size_t inbytesleft;
-      char *outptr;
-      size_t outbytesleft;
-      size_t res;
-
-      inptr = inbuf;
-      inbytesleft = count;
-      outptr = outbuf;
-      outbytesleft = sizeof (outbuf);
-
-      /* Convert the character from UTF-8 to the locale's charset.  */
-      res = iconv (utf8_to_local,
-		   (ICONV_CONST char **)&inptr, &inbytesleft,
-		   &outptr, &outbytesleft);
-      if (inbytesleft > 0 || res == (size_t)(-1)
-	  /* Irix iconv() inserts a NUL byte if it cannot convert. */
-# if !defined _LIBICONV_VERSION && (defined sgi || defined __sgi)
-	  || (res > 0 && code != 0 && outptr - outbuf == 1 && *outbuf == '\0')
-# endif
-         )
-	return failure (code, NULL, callback_arg);
-
-      /* Avoid glibc-2.1 bug and Solaris 2.7 bug.  */
-# if defined _LIBICONV_VERSION \
-    || !((__GLIBC__ - 0 == 2 && __GLIBC_MINOR__ - 0 <= 1) || defined __sun)
-
-      /* Get back to the initial shift state.  */
-      res = iconv (utf8_to_local, NULL, NULL, &outptr, &outbytesleft);
-      if (res == (size_t)(-1))
-	return failure (code, NULL, callback_arg);
-# endif
-
-      return success (outbuf, outptr - outbuf, callback_arg);
-    }
-#endif
-
-  /* At this point, is_utf8 is true, so no conversion is needed.  */
-  return success (inbuf, count, callback_arg);
-}
-
-/* Simple success callback that outputs the converted string.
-   The STREAM is passed as callback_arg.  */
-long
-fwrite_success_callback (const char *buf, size_t buflen, void *callback_arg)
-{
-  FILE *stream = (FILE *) callback_arg;
-
-  fwrite (buf, 1, buflen, stream);
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* Simple failure callback that displays an error and exits.  */
-static long
-exit_failure_callback (unsigned int code, const char *msg, void *callback_arg)
-{
-  if (msg == NULL)
-    error (1, 0, _("cannot convert U+%04X to local character set"), code);
-  else
-    error (1, 0, _("cannot convert U+%04X to local character set: %s"), code,
-	   gettext (msg));
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/* Simple failure callback that displays a fallback representation in plain
-   ASCII, using the same notation as ISO C99 strings.  */
-static long
-fallback_failure_callback (unsigned int code, const char *msg, void *callback_arg)
-{
-  FILE *stream = (FILE *) callback_arg;
-
-  if (code < 0x10000)
-    fprintf (stream, "\\u%04X", code);
-  else
-    fprintf (stream, "\\U%08X", code);
-  return -1;
-}
-
-/* Outputs the Unicode character CODE to the output stream STREAM.
-   Upon failure, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise output a fallback
-   notation.  */
-void
-print_unicode_char (FILE *stream, unsigned int code, int exit_on_error)
-{
-  unicode_to_mb (code, fwrite_success_callback,
-		 exit_on_error
-		 ? exit_failure_callback
-		 : fallback_failure_callback,
-		 stream);
-}

lib/unicodeio.h

@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/* Unicode character output to streams with locale dependent encoding.
-
-   Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
-   under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as published
-   by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
-   Library General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
-   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
-   Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
-   USA.  */
-
-#ifndef UNICODEIO_H
-# define UNICODEIO_H
-
-# include <stdio.h>
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-/* Outputs the Unicode character CODE to the output stream STREAM.
-   Upon failure, exit if exit_on_error is true, otherwise output a fallback
-   notation.  */
-extern void print_unicode_char PARAMS ((FILE *stream, unsigned int code,
-					int exit_on_error));
-
-/* Simple success callback that outputs the converted string.
-   The STREAM is passed as callback_arg.  */
-extern long fwrite_success_callback PARAMS ((const char *buf, size_t buflen,
-					     void *callback_arg));
-
-#endif

lib/waitpid.c

@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/* Emulate waitpid on systems that just have wait.
-   Copyright 1994, 1995, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; see the file COPYING.
-   If not, write to the Free Software Foundation, 
-   59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#define WAITPID_CHILDREN 8
-static pid_t waited_pid[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
-static int waited_status[WAITPID_CHILDREN];
-
-pid_t
-waitpid (pid_t pid, int *stat_loc, int options)
-{
-  int i;
-  pid_t p;
-
-  if (!options && (pid == -1 || 0 < pid))
-    {
-      /* If we have already waited for this child, return it immediately.  */
-      for (i = 0;  i < WAITPID_CHILDREN;  i++)
-	{
-	  p = waited_pid[i];
-	  if (p && (p == pid || pid == -1))
-	    {
-	      waited_pid[i] = 0;
-	      goto success;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      /* The child has not returned yet; wait for it, accumulating status.  */
-      for (i = 0;  i < WAITPID_CHILDREN;  i++)
-	if (! waited_pid[i])
-	  {
-	    p = wait (&waited_status[i]);
-	    if (p < 0)
-	      return p;
-	    if (p == pid || pid == -1)
-	      goto success;
-	    waited_pid[i] = p;
-	  }
-    }
-
-  /* We cannot emulate this wait call, e.g. because of too many children.  */
-  errno = EINVAL;
-  return -1;
-
-success:
-  if (stat_loc)
-    *stat_loc = waited_status[i];
-  return p;
-}

lib/wordsplit.h

@@ -0,0 +1,168 @@
+/* wordsplit - a word splitter
+   Copyright (C) 2009-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
+   under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+   Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or (at your
+   option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along
+   with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+
+   Written by Sergey Poznyakoff
+*/
+
+#ifndef __WORDSPLIT_H
+#define __WORDSPLIT_H
+
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#if 2 < __GNUC__ + (7 <= __GNUC_MINOR__)
+# define __WORDSPLIT_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) __attribute__ ((__format__ spec))
+#else
+# define __WORDSPLIT_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT(spec) /* empty */
+#endif
+
+struct wordsplit
+{
+  size_t ws_wordc;
+  char **ws_wordv;
+  size_t ws_offs;
+  size_t ws_wordn;
+  int ws_flags;
+  const char *ws_delim;
+  const char *ws_comment;
+  const char *ws_escape;
+  void (*ws_alloc_die) (struct wordsplit * wsp);
+  void (*ws_error) (const char *, ...)
+    __WORDSPLIT_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 1, 2));
+  void (*ws_debug) (const char *, ...)
+    __WORDSPLIT_ATTRIBUTE_FORMAT ((__printf__, 1, 2));
+
+  const char **ws_env;
+  const char *(*ws_getvar) (const char *, size_t, void *);
+  void *ws_closure;
+
+  const char *ws_input;
+  size_t ws_len;
+  size_t ws_endp;
+  int ws_errno;
+  struct wordsplit_node *ws_head, *ws_tail;
+};
+
+/* Wordsplit flags.  Only 2 bits of a 32-bit word remain unused.
+   It is getting crowded... */
+/* Append the words found to the array resulting from a previous
+   call. */
+#define WRDSF_APPEND            0x00000001
+/* Insert we_offs initial NULLs in the array ws_wordv.
+   (These are not counted in the returned ws_wordc.) */
+#define WRDSF_DOOFFS            0x00000002
+/* Don't do command substitution. Reserved for future use. */
+#define WRDSF_NOCMD             0x00000004
+/* The parameter p resulted from a previous call to
+   wordsplit(), and wordsplit_free() was not called. Reuse the
+   allocated storage. */
+#define WRDSF_REUSE             0x00000008
+/* Print errors */
+#define WRDSF_SHOWERR           0x00000010
+/* Consider it an error if an undefined shell variable
+   is expanded. */
+#define WRDSF_UNDEF             0x00000020
+
+/* Don't do variable expansion. */
+#define WRDSF_NOVAR             0x00000040
+/* Abort on ENOMEM error */
+#define WRDSF_ENOMEMABRT        0x00000080
+/* Trim off any leading and trailind whitespace */
+#define WRDSF_WS                0x00000100
+/* Handle single quotes */
+#define WRDSF_SQUOTE            0x00000200
+/* Handle double quotes */
+#define WRDSF_DQUOTE            0x00000400
+/* Handle quotes and escape directives */
+#define WRDSF_QUOTE             (WRDSF_SQUOTE|WRDSF_DQUOTE)
+/* Replace each input sequence of repeated delimiters with a single
+   delimiter */
+#define WRDSF_SQUEEZE_DELIMS    0x00000800
+/* Return delimiters */
+#define WRDSF_RETURN_DELIMS     0x00001000
+/* Treat sed expressions as words */
+#define WRDSF_SED_EXPR          0x00002000
+/* ws_delim field is initialized */
+#define WRDSF_DELIM             0x00004000
+/* ws_comment field is initialized */
+#define WRDSF_COMMENT           0x00008000
+/* ws_alloc_die field is initialized */
+#define WRDSF_ALLOC_DIE         0x00010000
+/* ws_error field is initialized */
+#define WRDSF_ERROR             0x00020000
+/* ws_debug field is initialized */
+#define WRDSF_DEBUG             0x00040000
+/* ws_env field is initialized */
+#define WRDSF_ENV               0x00080000
+/* ws_getvar field is initialized */
+#define WRDSF_GETVAR            0x00100000
+/* enable debugging */
+#define WRDSF_SHOWDBG           0x00200000
+/* Don't split input into words.  Useful for side effects. */
+#define WRDSF_NOSPLIT           0x00400000
+/* Keep undefined variables in place, instead of expanding them to
+   empty string */
+#define WRDSF_KEEPUNDEF         0x00800000
+/* Warn about undefined variables */
+#define WRDSF_WARNUNDEF         0x01000000
+/* Handle C escapes */
+#define WRDSF_CESCAPES          0x02000000
+
+/* ws_closure is set */
+#define WRDSF_CLOSURE           0x04000000
+/* ws_env is a Key/Value environment, i.e. the value of a variable is
+   stored in the element that follows its name. */
+#define WRDSF_ENV_KV            0x08000000
+
+/* ws_escape is set */
+#define WRDSF_ESCAPE            0x10000000
+
+/* Incremental mode */
+#define WRDSF_INCREMENTAL       0x20000000
+
+#define WRDSF_DEFFLAGS	       \
+  (WRDSF_NOVAR | WRDSF_NOCMD | \
+   WRDSF_QUOTE | WRDSF_SQUEEZE_DELIMS | WRDSF_CESCAPES)
+
+#define WRDSE_EOF        0
+#define WRDSE_QUOTE      1
+#define WRDSE_NOSPACE    2
+#define WRDSE_NOSUPP     3
+#define WRDSE_USAGE      4
+#define WRDSE_CBRACE     5
+#define WRDSE_UNDEF      6
+#define WRDSE_NOINPUT    7
+
+int wordsplit (const char *s, struct wordsplit *p, int flags);
+int wordsplit_len (const char *s, size_t len,
+		      struct wordsplit *p, int flags);
+void wordsplit_free (struct wordsplit *p);
+void wordsplit_free_words (struct wordsplit *ws);
+
+int wordsplit_c_unquote_char (int c);
+int wordsplit_c_quote_char (int c);
+size_t wordsplit_c_quoted_length (const char *str, int quote_hex,
+				  int *quote);
+void wordsplit_general_unquote_copy (char *dst, const char *src, size_t n,
+				     const char *escapable);
+void wordsplit_sh_unquote_copy (char *dst, const char *src, size_t n);
+void wordsplit_c_unquote_copy (char *dst, const char *src, size_t n);
+void wordsplit_c_quote_copy (char *dst, const char *src, int quote_hex);
+
+void wordsplit_perror (struct wordsplit *ws);
+const char *wordsplit_strerror (struct wordsplit *ws);
+
+
+#endif

lib/xalloc.h

@@ -1,87 +0,0 @@
-/* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef XALLOC_H_
-# define XALLOC_H_
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef __attribute__
-#  if __GNUC__ < 2 || (__GNUC__ == 2 && __GNUC_MINOR__ < 8) || __STRICT_ANSI__
-#   define __attribute__(x)
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
-#  define ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN __attribute__ ((__noreturn__))
-# endif
-
-/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
-   It is initialized to EXIT_FAILURE, but the caller may set it to
-   some other value.  */
-extern int xalloc_exit_failure;
-
-/* If this pointer is non-zero, run the specified function upon each
-   allocation failure.  It is initialized to zero. */
-extern void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void));
-
-/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is undefined or a function that returns, this
-   message is output.  It is translated via gettext.
-   Its value is "memory exhausted".  */
-extern char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[];
-
-/* This function is always triggered when memory is exhausted.  It is
-   in charge of honoring the three previous items.  This is the
-   function to call when one wants the program to die because of a
-   memory allocation failure.  */
-extern void xalloc_die PARAMS ((void)) ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN;
-
-void *xmalloc PARAMS ((size_t n));
-void *xcalloc PARAMS ((size_t n, size_t s));
-void *xrealloc PARAMS ((void *p, size_t n));
-char *xstrdup PARAMS ((const char *str));
-
-# define XMALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xmalloc (sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
-# define XCALLOC(Type, N_items) ((Type *) xcalloc (sizeof (Type), (N_items)))
-# define XREALLOC(Ptr, Type, N_items) \
-  ((Type *) xrealloc ((void *) (Ptr), sizeof (Type) * (N_items)))
-
-/* Declare and alloc memory for VAR of type TYPE. */
-# define NEW(Type, Var)  Type *(Var) = XMALLOC (Type, 1)
-
-/* Free VAR only if non NULL. */
-# define XFREE(Var)	\
-   do {                 \
-      if (Var)          \
-        free (Var);     \
-   } while (0)
-
-/* Return a pointer to a malloc'ed copy of the array SRC of NUM elements. */
-# define CCLONE(Src, Num) \
-  (memcpy (xmalloc (sizeof (*Src) * (Num)), (Src), sizeof (*Src) * (Num)))
-
-/* Return a malloc'ed copy of SRC. */
-# define CLONE(Src) CCLONE (Src, 1)
-
-
-#endif /* !XALLOC_H_ */

lib/xattr-at.c

@@ -0,0 +1,114 @@
+/* openat-style fd-relative functions for operating with extended file
+   attributes.
+
+   Copyright 2012-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include "xattr-at.h"
+#include "openat.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+
+#include "dirname.h" /* solely for definition of IS_ABSOLUTE_FILE_NAME */
+#include "save-cwd.h"
+
+#include "openat-priv.h"
+
+#ifdef HAVE_XATTRS
+
+/* setxattrat */
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME setxattrat
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 setxattr
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS   , const char *name, const void *value \
+                                        , size_t size, int flags
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS          , name, value, size, flags
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+/* lsetxattrat */
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME lsetxattrat
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 lsetxattr
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS   , const char *name, const void *value \
+                                        , size_t size, int flags
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS          , name, value, size, flags
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+/* getxattrat */
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME getxattrat
+#define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 getxattr
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS   , const char *name, void *value \
+                                        , size_t size
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS          , name, value, size
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+/* lgetxattrat */
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME lgetxattrat
+#define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 lgetxattr
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS   , const char *name, void *value \
+                                        , size_t size
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS          , name, value, size
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+/* listxattrat */
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME listxattrat
+#define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 listxattr
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS   , char *list , size_t size
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS          , list , size
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+/* llistxattrat */
+#define AT_FUNC_NAME llistxattrat
+#define AT_FUNC_RESULT ssize_t
+#define AT_FUNC_F1 llistxattr
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS   , char *list , size_t size
+#define AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS          , list , size
+#include "at-func.c"
+#undef AT_FUNC_NAME
+#undef AT_FUNC_F1
+#undef AT_FUNC_RESULT
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_PARAM_DECLS
+#undef AT_FUNC_POST_FILE_ARGS
+
+#endif /* HAVE_XATTRS */

lib/xattr-at.h

@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+/* Prototypes for openat-style fd-relative functions for operating with
+   extended file attributes.
+
+   Copyright 2012-2014, 2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+   (at your option) any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.  */
+
+#ifndef XATTRS_AT_H
+#define XATTRS_AT_H
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#if defined(HAVE_SYS_XATTR_H)
+# include <sys/xattr.h>
+#elif defined(HAVE_ATTR_XATTR_H)
+# include <attr/xattr.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ENOATTR
+# define ENOATTR ENODATA        /* No such attribute */
+#endif
+
+/* These are the dir-fd-relative variants of the functions without the
+   "at" suffix.  For example, setxattrat (AT_FDCWD, path, name, value, size,
+   flags &c) is usually equivalent to setxattr (file, name, value, size,
+   flags).  For more info use the setxattr(2), getxattr(2) or listxattr(2)
+   manpages. */
+
+/* dir-fd-relative setxattr.  Operation sets the VALUE of the extended
+   attribute identified by NAME and associated with the given PATH in the
+   filesystem relatively to directory identified by DIR_FD.  See the
+   setxattr(2) manpage for the description of all parameters. */
+int setxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, const char *name,
+                const void *value, size_t size, int flags);
+
+/* dir-fd-relative lsetxattr.  This function is just like setxattrat,
+   except when DIR_FD and FILE specify a symlink:  lsetxattrat operates on the
+   symlink, while the setxattrat operates on the referent of the symlink.  */
+int lsetxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, const char *name,
+                 const void *value, size_t size, int flags);
+
+/* dir-fd-relative getxattr.  Operation gets the VALUE of the extended
+   attribute idenfified by NAME and associated with the given PATH in the
+   filesystem relatively to directory identified by DIR_FD.  For more info
+   about all parameters see the getxattr(2) manpage. */
+ssize_t getxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, const char *name,
+                    void *value, size_t size);
+
+/* dir-fd-relative lgetxattr.  This function is just like getxattrat,
+   except when DIR_FD and FILE specify a symlink:  lgetxattrat operates on the
+   symlink, while the getxattrat operates on the referent of the symlink.  */
+ssize_t lgetxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, const char *name,
+                     void *value, size_t size);
+
+/* dir-fd-relative listxattr.  Obtain the list of extended attrubtes names.  For
+   more info see the listxattr(2) manpage. */
+ssize_t listxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, char *list, size_t size);
+
+/* dir-fd-relative llistxattr.  This function is just like listxattrat,
+   except when DIR_FD and FILE specify a symlink:  llistxattr operates on the
+   symlink, while the listxattrat operates on the referent of the symlink.  */
+ssize_t llistxattrat (int dir_fd, const char *path, char *list, size_t size);
+
+#endif /* XATTRS_AT_H */

lib/xgetcwd.c

@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/* xgetcwd.c -- return current directory with unlimited length
-   Copyright (C) 1992, 1996, 2000, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu>.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
-# include <unistd.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_GETCWD
-char *getcwd ();
-#else
-char *getwd ();
-# define getcwd(Buf, Max) getwd (Buf)
-#endif
-
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-/* Return the current directory, newly allocated, arbitrarily long.
-   Return NULL and set errno on error. */
-
-char *
-xgetcwd ()
-{
-#if defined __GLIBC__ && __GLIBC__ >= 2
-  return getcwd (NULL, 0);
-#else
-  size_t buf_size = 128;  /* must be a power of 2 */
-  char *buf = NULL;
-
-  while (1)
-    {
-      char *cwd;
-      buf = (char *) xrealloc (buf, buf_size);
-
-      cwd = getcwd (buf, buf_size);
-      if (cwd != NULL)
-	return cwd;
-      if (errno != ERANGE)
-	{
-	  free (buf);
-	  return NULL;
-	}
-
-      buf_size *= 2;
-      if (buf_size == 0)
-	xalloc_die ();
-    }
-#endif
-}

lib/xmalloc.c

@@ -1,116 +0,0 @@
-/* xmalloc.c -- malloc with out of memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#include <sys/types.h>
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#else
-void *calloc ();
-void *malloc ();
-void *realloc ();
-void free ();
-#endif
-
-#if ENABLE_NLS
-# include <libintl.h>
-# define _(Text) gettext (Text)
-#else
-# define textdomain(Domain)
-# define _(Text) Text
-#endif
-#define N_(Text) Text
-
-#include "error.h"
-#include "xalloc.h"
-
-#ifndef EXIT_FAILURE
-# define EXIT_FAILURE 1
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_MALLOC_CHECK
-"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working malloc -- see malloc.m4"
-#endif
-
-#ifndef HAVE_DONE_WORKING_REALLOC_CHECK
-"you must run the autoconf test for a properly working realloc --see realloc.m4"
-#endif
-
-/* Exit value when the requested amount of memory is not available.
-   The caller may set it to some other value.  */
-int xalloc_exit_failure = EXIT_FAILURE;
-
-/* If non NULL, call this function when memory is exhausted. */
-void (*xalloc_fail_func) PARAMS ((void)) = 0;
-
-/* If XALLOC_FAIL_FUNC is NULL, or does return, display this message
-   before exiting when memory is exhausted.  Goes through gettext. */
-char const xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted[] = N_("memory exhausted");
-
-void
-xalloc_die (void)
-{
-  if (xalloc_fail_func)
-    (*xalloc_fail_func) ();
-  error (xalloc_exit_failure, 0, "%s", _(xalloc_msg_memory_exhausted));
-  /* The `noreturn' cannot be given to error, since it may return if
-     its first argument is 0.  To help compilers understand the
-     xalloc_die does terminate, call exit. */
-  exit (EXIT_FAILURE);
-}
-
-/* Allocate N bytes of memory dynamically, with error checking.  */
-
-void *
-xmalloc (size_t n)
-{
-  void *p;
-
-  p = malloc (n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    xalloc_die ();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Change the size of an allocated block of memory P to N bytes,
-   with error checking.  */
-
-void *
-xrealloc (void *p, size_t n)
-{
-  p = realloc (p, n);
-  if (p == 0)
-    xalloc_die ();
-  return p;
-}
-
-/* Allocate memory for N elements of S bytes, with error checking.  */
-
-void *
-xcalloc (size_t n, size_t s)
-{
-  void *p;
-
-  p = calloc (n, s);
-  if (p == 0)
-    xalloc_die ();
-  return p;
-}

lib/xstrtol.c

@@ -1,288 +0,0 @@
-/* A more useful interface to strtol.
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1998-2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-/* Written by Jim Meyering. */
-
-#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
-# include <config.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef __strtol
-# define __strtol strtol
-# define __strtol_t long int
-# define __xstrtol xstrtol
-#endif
-
-/* Some pre-ANSI implementations (e.g. SunOS 4)
-   need stderr defined if assertion checking is enabled.  */
-#include <stdio.h>
-
-#if STDC_HEADERS
-# include <stdlib.h>
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#else
-# include <strings.h>
-# ifndef strchr
-#  define strchr index
-# endif
-#endif
-
-#include <assert.h>
-#include <ctype.h>
-
-#include <errno.h>
-#ifndef errno
-extern int errno;
-#endif
-
-#if HAVE_LIMITS_H
-# include <limits.h>
-#endif
-
-#ifndef CHAR_BIT
-# define CHAR_BIT 8
-#endif
-
-/* The extra casts work around common compiler bugs.  */
-#define TYPE_SIGNED(t) (! ((t) 0 < (t) -1))
-/* The outer cast is needed to work around a bug in Cray C 5.0.3.0.
-   It is necessary at least when t == time_t.  */
-#define TYPE_MINIMUM(t) ((t) (TYPE_SIGNED (t) \
-			      ? ~ (t) 0 << (sizeof (t) * CHAR_BIT - 1) : (t) 0))
-#define TYPE_MAXIMUM(t) (~ (t) 0 - TYPE_MINIMUM (t))
-
-#if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
-#else
-# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
-#endif
-
-#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
-
-#include "xstrtol.h"
-
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOL && !defined strtol
-long int strtol ();
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUL && !defined strtoul
-unsigned long int strtoul ();
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOIMAX && !defined strtoimax
-intmax_t strtoimax ();
-#endif
-
-#if !HAVE_DECL_STRTOUMAX && !defined strtoumax
-uintmax_t strtoumax ();
-#endif
-
-static int
-bkm_scale (__strtol_t *x, int scale_factor)
-{
-  __strtol_t product = *x * scale_factor;
-  if (*x != product / scale_factor)
-    return 1;
-  *x = product;
-  return 0;
-}
-
-static int
-bkm_scale_by_power (__strtol_t *x, int base, int power)
-{
-  while (power--)
-    if (bkm_scale (x, base))
-      return 1;
-
-  return 0;
-}
-
-/* FIXME: comment.  */
-
-strtol_error
-__xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
-	   __strtol_t *val, const char *valid_suffixes)
-{
-  char *t_ptr;
-  char **p;
-  __strtol_t tmp;
-
-  assert (0 <= strtol_base && strtol_base <= 36);
-
-  p = (ptr ? ptr : &t_ptr);
-
-  if (! TYPE_SIGNED (__strtol_t))
-    {
-      const char *q = s;
-      while (ISSPACE ((unsigned char) *q))
-	++q;
-      if (*q == '-')
-	return LONGINT_INVALID;
-    }
-
-  errno = 0;
-  tmp = __strtol (s, p, strtol_base);
-  if (errno != 0)
-    return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
-  if (*p == s)
-    return LONGINT_INVALID;
-
-  /* Let valid_suffixes == NULL mean `allow any suffix'.  */
-  /* FIXME: update all callers except the ones that allow suffixes
-     after the number, changing last parameter NULL to `""'.  */
-  if (!valid_suffixes)
-    {
-      *val = tmp;
-      return LONGINT_OK;
-    }
-
-  if (**p != '\0')
-    {
-      int base = 1024;
-      int suffixes = 1;
-      int overflow;
-
-      if (!strchr (valid_suffixes, **p))
-	{
-	  *val = tmp;
-	  return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
-	}
-
-      if (strchr (valid_suffixes, '0'))
-	{
-	  /* The ``valid suffix'' '0' is a special flag meaning that
-	     an optional second suffix is allowed, which can change
-	     the base, e.g. "100MD" for 100 megabytes decimal.  */
-
-	  switch (p[0][1])
-	    {
-	    case 'B':
-	      suffixes++;
-	      break;
-
-	    case 'D':
-	      base = 1000;
-	      suffixes++;
-	      break;
-	    }
-	}
-
-      switch (**p)
-	{
-	case 'b':
-	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 512);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'B':
-	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 1024);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'c':
-	  overflow = 0;
-	  break;
-
-	case 'E': /* Exa */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 6);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'G': /* Giga */
-	case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'k': /* kilo */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 1);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'M': /* Mega */
-	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'P': /* Peta */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 5);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'T': /* Tera */
-	case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'w':
-	  overflow = bkm_scale (&tmp, 2);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'Y': /* Yotta */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 8);
-	  break;
-
-	case 'Z': /* Zetta */
-	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 7);
-	  break;
-
-	default:
-	  *val = tmp;
-	  return LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR;
-	  break;
-	}
-
-      if (overflow)
-	return LONGINT_OVERFLOW;
-
-      (*p) += suffixes;
-    }
-
-  *val = tmp;
-  return LONGINT_OK;
-}
-
-#ifdef TESTING_XSTRTO
-
-# include <stdio.h>
-# include "error.h"
-
-char *program_name;
-
-int
-main (int argc, char** argv)
-{
-  strtol_error s_err;
-  int i;
-
-  program_name = argv[0];
-  for (i=1; i<argc; i++)
-    {
-      char *p;
-      __strtol_t val;
-
-      s_err = __xstrtol (argv[i], &p, 0, &val, "bckmw");
-      if (s_err == LONGINT_OK)
-	{
-	  printf ("%s->%lu (%s)\n", argv[i], val, p);
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR (argv[i], "arg", s_err);
-	}
-    }
-  exit (0);
-}
-
-#endif /* TESTING_XSTRTO */

lib/xstrtol.h

@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/* A more useful interface to strtol.
-   Copyright 1995, 1996, 1998, 1999, 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-   any later version.
-
-   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-#ifndef XSTRTOL_H_
-# define XSTRTOL_H_ 1
-
-# if HAVE_INTTYPES_H
-#  include <inttypes.h> /* for uintmax_t */
-# endif
-
-# ifndef PARAMS
-#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
-#  else
-#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
-#  endif
-# endif
-
-# ifndef _STRTOL_ERROR
-enum strtol_error
-  {
-    LONGINT_OK, LONGINT_INVALID, LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR, LONGINT_OVERFLOW
-  };
-typedef enum strtol_error strtol_error;
-# endif
-
-# define _DECLARE_XSTRTOL(name, type) \
-  strtol_error \
-    name PARAMS ((const char *s, char **ptr, int base, \
-		  type *val, const char *valid_suffixes));
-_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtol, long int)
-_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoul, unsigned long int)
-_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoimax, intmax_t)
-_DECLARE_XSTRTOL (xstrtoumax, uintmax_t)
-
-# define _STRTOL_ERROR(Exit_code, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)	\
-  do									\
-    {									\
-      switch ((Err))							\
-	{								\
-	case LONGINT_OK:						\
-	  abort ();							\
-									\
-	case LONGINT_INVALID:						\
-	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid %s `%s'",			\
-		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
-	  break;							\
-									\
-	case LONGINT_INVALID_SUFFIX_CHAR:				\
-	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "invalid character following %s in `%s'", \
-		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
-	  break;							\
-									\
-	case LONGINT_OVERFLOW:						\
-	  error ((Exit_code), 0, "%s `%s' too large",			\
-		 (Argument_type_string), (Str));			\
-	  break;							\
-	}								\
-    }									\
-  while (0)
-
-# define STRTOL_FATAL_ERROR(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
-  _STRTOL_ERROR (2, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
-
-# define STRTOL_FAIL_WARN(Str, Argument_type_string, Err)		\
-  _STRTOL_ERROR (0, Str, Argument_type_string, Err)
-
-#endif /* not XSTRTOL_H_ */

m4/.cvsignore

@@ -1,110 +0,0 @@
-*_gl.m4
-Makefile
-Makefile.in
-alloca.m4
-allocsa.m4
-argp.m4
-backupfile.m4
-bison.m4
-chown.m4
-clock_time.m4
-codeset.m4
-d-ino.m4
-dirname.m4
-dos.m4
-eealloc.m4
-error.m4
-exclude.m4
-exitfail.m4
-extensions.m4
-fileblocks.m4
-fnmatch.m4
-ftruncate.m4
-getcwd-path-max.m4
-getcwd.m4
-getdate.m4
-getline.m4
-getndelim2.m4
-getopt.m4
-getpagesize.m4
-gettext.m4
-gettime.m4
-gettimeofday.m4
-glibc21.m4
-gnulib.m4
-hash.m4
-human.m4
-iconv.m4
-intdiv0.m4
-intmax.m4
-intmax_t.m4
-inttypes-pri.m4
-inttypes.m4
-inttypes_h.m4
-isc-posix.m4
-lchown.m4
-lcmessage.m4
-lib-ld.m4
-lib-link.m4
-lib-prefix.m4
-localcharset.m4
-longdouble.m4
-longlong.m4
-mbrtowc.m4
-mbstate_t.m4
-mempcpy.m4
-memset.m4
-mktime.m4
-modechange.m4
-nls.m4
-obstack.m4
-onceonly.m4
-po.m4
-printf-posix.m4
-progtest.m4
-quote.m4
-quotearg.m4
-restrict.m4
-rmdir.m4
-rmt.m4
-safe-read.m4
-safe-write.m4
-save-cwd.m4
-savedir.m4
-setenv.m4
-signed.m4
-size_max.m4
-ssize_t.m4
-st_mtim.m4
-stdbool.m4
-stdint_h.m4
-stpcpy.m4
-strcase.m4
-strchrnul.m4
-strerror_r.m4
-strndup.m4
-strnlen.m4
-strtoimax.m4
-strtol.m4
-strtoll.m4
-strtoul.m4
-strtoull.m4
-strtoumax.m4
-sysexits.m4
-time_r.m4
-timespec.m4
-tm_gmtoff.m4
-uintmax_t.m4
-ulonglong.m4
-unlocked-io.m4
-utimbuf.m4
-utime.m4
-utimes-null.m4
-utimes.m4
-wchar_t.m4
-wint_t.m4
-xalloc.m4
-xgetcwd.m4
-xsize.m4
-xstrtol.m4
-xstrtoumax.m4

m4/c-bs-a.m4

@@ -1,23 +0,0 @@
-#serial 4
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_C_BACKSLASH_A],
-[
-  AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether backslash-a works in strings], ac_cv_c_backslash_a,
-   [AC_TRY_COMPILE([],
-     [
-#if '\a' == 'a'
-      syntax error;
-#endif
-      char buf['\a' == 'a' ? -1 : 1];
-      buf[0] = '\a';
-      return buf[0] != "\a"[0];
-     ],
-     ac_cv_c_backslash_a=yes,
-     ac_cv_c_backslash_a=no)])
-  if test $ac_cv_c_backslash_a = yes; then
-    AC_DEFINE(HAVE_C_BACKSLASH_A, 1,
-      [Define if backslash-a works in C strings.])
-  fi
-])

m4/ccstdc.m4

@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-# The following is taken from automake 1.4,
-# except that it prefers the compiler option -Ae to "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE"
-# because only the former supports 64-bit integral types on HP-UX 10.20.
-
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
-## ANSIfy the C compiler whenever possible.  ##
-## From Franc,ois Pinard                     ##
-## ----------------------------------------- ##
-
-# serial 2
-
-# @defmac AC_PROG_CC_STDC
-# @maindex PROG_CC_STDC
-# @ovindex CC
-# If the C compiler in not in ANSI C mode by default, try to add an option
-# to output variable @code{CC} to make it so.  This macro tries various
-# options that select ANSI C on some system or another.  It considers the
-# compiler to be in ANSI C mode if it handles function prototypes correctly.
-#
-# If you use this macro, you should check after calling it whether the C
-# compiler has been set to accept ANSI C; if not, the shell variable
-# @code{am_cv_prog_cc_stdc} is set to @samp{no}.  If you wrote your source
-# code in ANSI C, you can make an un-ANSIfied copy of it by using the
-# program @code{ansi2knr}, which comes with Ghostscript.
-# @end defmac
-
-AC_DEFUN(AM_PROG_CC_STDC,
-[AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_INLINE])
-AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_C_CONST])
-dnl Force this before AC_PROG_CPP.  Some cpp's, eg on HPUX, require
-dnl a magic option to avoid problems with ANSI preprocessor commands
-dnl like #elif.
-dnl FIXME: can't do this because then AC_AIX won't work due to a
-dnl circular dependency.
-dnl AC_BEFORE([$0], [AC_PROG_CPP])
-AC_MSG_CHECKING(for ${CC-cc} option to accept ANSI C)
-AC_CACHE_VAL(am_cv_prog_cc_stdc,
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc=no
-ac_save_CC="$CC"
-# Don't try gcc -ansi; that turns off useful extensions and
-# breaks some systems' header files.
-# AIX			-qlanglvl=ansi
-# Ultrix and OSF/1	-std1
-# HP-UX			-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE
-# SVR4			-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__
-for ac_arg in "" -qlanglvl=ansi -std1 -Ae "-Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE" "-Xc -D__EXTENSIONS__"
-do
-  CC="$ac_save_CC $ac_arg"
-  AC_TRY_COMPILE(
-[#include <stdarg.h>
-#include <stdio.h>
-#include <sys/types.h>
-#include <sys/stat.h>
-/* Most of the following tests are stolen from RCS 5.7's src/conf.sh.  */
-struct buf { int x; };
-FILE * (*rcsopen) (struct buf *, struct stat *, int);
-static char *e (p, i)
-     char **p;
-     int i;
-{
-  return p[i];
-}
-static char *f (char * (*g) (char **, int), char **p, ...)
-{
-  char *s;
-  va_list v;
-  va_start (v,p);
-  s = g (p, va_arg (v,int));
-  va_end (v);
-  return s;
-}
-int test (int i, double x);
-struct s1 {int (*f) (int a);};
-struct s2 {int (*f) (double a);};
-int pairnames (int, char **, FILE *(*)(struct buf *, struct stat *, int), int, int);
-int argc;
-char **argv;
-], [
-return f (e, argv, 0) != argv[0]  ||  f (e, argv, 1) != argv[1];
-],
-[am_cv_prog_cc_stdc="$ac_arg"; break])
-done
-CC="$ac_save_CC"
-])
-if test -z "$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc"; then
-  AC_MSG_RESULT([none needed])
-else
-  AC_MSG_RESULT($am_cv_prog_cc_stdc)
-fi
-case "x$am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" in
-  x|xno) ;;
-  *) CC="$CC $am_cv_prog_cc_stdc" ;;
-esac
-])

m4/decl.m4

@@ -1,37 +0,0 @@
-#serial 5
-
-AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLARATION,
-[
-  AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether $1 is declared])
-  AC_CACHE_VAL(jm_cv_func_decl_$1,
-    [AC_TRY_COMPILE($2,
-      [
-#ifndef $1
-char *(*pfn) = (char *(*)) $1
-#endif
-      ],
-      eval "jm_cv_func_decl_$1=yes",
-      eval "jm_cv_func_decl_$1=no")])
-
-  if eval "test \"`echo '$jm_cv_func_decl_'$1`\" = yes"; then
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(yes)
-    ifelse([$3], , :, [$3])
-  else
-    AC_MSG_RESULT(no)
-    ifelse([$4], , , [$4
-])dnl
-  fi
-])dnl
-
-dnl jm_CHECK_DECLARATIONS(INCLUDES, FUNCTION... [, ACTION-IF-DECLARED
-dnl                       [, ACTION-IF-NOT-DECLARED]])
-AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLARATIONS,
-[
-  for jm_func in $2
-  do
-    jm_CHECK_DECLARATION($jm_func, $1,
-    [
-      jm_tr_func=HAVE_DECL_`echo $jm_func | tr abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ`
-      AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED($jm_tr_func) $3], $4)dnl
-  done
-])

m4/error.m4

@@ -1,12 +0,0 @@
-#serial 3
-
-dnl FIXME: put these prerequisite-only *.m4 files in a separate
-dnl directory -- otherwise, they'll conflict with existing files.
-
-dnl These are the prerequisite macros for GNU's error.c file.
-AC_DEFUN([jm_PREREQ_ERROR],
-[
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(strerror strerror_r vprintf doprnt)
-  AC_FUNC_STRERROR_R
-  AC_HEADER_STDC
-])

m4/fnmatch.m4

@@ -1,24 +0,0 @@
-dnl This is a copy of autoconf 2.13, except we also check that
-dnl FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR works.
-dnl
-undefine([AC_FUNC_FNMATCH])
-AC_DEFUN(AC_FUNC_FNMATCH,
-[AC_CACHE_CHECK(for working GNU-style fnmatch, ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works,
-# Some versions of Solaris, SCO, and the GNU C Library
-# have a broken or incompatible fnmatch.
-# So we run a test program.  If we are cross-compiling, take no chance.
-# Thanks to John Oleynick, Franc,ois Pinard, and Paul Eggert for this test.
-[AC_TRY_RUN([#include <fnmatch.h>
-main() {
-  exit (fnmatch ("a*", "abc", 0) != 0
-	|| fnmatch("d*/*1", "d/s/1", FNM_FILE_NAME) != FNM_NOMATCH
-	|| fnmatch("*", "x", FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR) != 0
-	|| fnmatch("x*", "x/y/z", FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR) != 0
-	|| fnmatch("*c*", "c/x", FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR) != 0);
-}],
-ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works=yes, ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works=no,
-ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works=no)])
-if test $ac_cv_func_fnmatch_works = yes; then
-  AC_DEFINE(HAVE_FNMATCH)
-fi
-])

m4/getcwd.m4

@@ -1,53 +0,0 @@
-# getcwd.m4 - check whether getcwd (NULL, 0) allocates memory for result
-
-# Copyright 2001 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
-
-# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
-# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
-# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
-# any later version.
-
-# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
-# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-# GNU General Public License for more details.
-
-# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
-# Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
-
-# Written by Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_GETCWD_NULL],
-  [AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h unistd.h)
-   AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether getcwd (NULL, 0) allocates memory for result],
-     [ac_cv_func_getcwd_null],
-     [AC_TRY_RUN(
-        [
-#	 ifdef HAVE_STDLIB_H
-#	  include <stdlib.h>
-#	 endif
-#	 ifdef HAVE_UNISTD_H
-#	  include <unistd.h>
-#	 endif
-#	 ifndef getcwd
-	 char *getcwd ();
-#	 endif
-	 int
-	 main ()
-	 {
-	   if (chdir ("/") != 0)
-	     exit (1);
-	   else
-	     {
-	       char *f = getcwd (NULL, 0);
-	       exit (! (f && f[0] == '/' && !f[1]));
-	     }
-	 }],
-	[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null=yes],
-	[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null=no],
-	[ac_cv_func_getcwd_null=no])])
-   if test $ac_cv_func_getcwd_null = yes; then
-     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETCWD_NULL, 1,
-	       [Define if getcwd (NULL, 0) allocates memory for result.])
-   fi])

m4/gettext.m4

@@ -1,368 +0,0 @@
-# Macro to add for using GNU gettext.
-# Ulrich Drepper <drepper@cygnus.com>, 1995.
-#
-# This file can be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
-# be used in projects which are not available under the GNU General Public
-# License but which still want to provide support for the GNU gettext
-# functionality.
-# Please note that the actual code of GNU gettext is covered by the GNU
-# General Public License and is *not* in the public domain.
-
-# serial 10
-
-dnl Usage: AM_WITH_NLS([TOOLSYMBOL], [NEEDSYMBOL], [LIBDIR]).
-dnl If TOOLSYMBOL is specified and is 'use-libtool', then a libtool library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.la will be created (shared and/or static,
-dnl    depending on --{enable,disable}-{shared,static} and on the presence of
-dnl    AM-DISABLE-SHARED). Otherwise, a static library
-dnl    $(top_builddir)/intl/libintl.a will be created.
-dnl If NEEDSYMBOL is specified and is 'need-ngettext', then GNU gettext
-dnl    implementations (in libc or libintl) without the ngettext() function
-dnl    will be ignored.
-dnl LIBDIR is used to find the intl libraries.  If empty,
-dnl    the value `$(top_builddir)/intl/' is used.
-dnl
-dnl The result of the configuration is one of three cases:
-dnl 1) GNU gettext, as included in the intl subdirectory, will be compiled
-dnl    and used.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 2) GNU gettext has been found in the system's C library.
-dnl    Catalog format: GNU --> install in $(datadir)
-dnl    Catalog extension: .mo after installation, .gmo in source tree
-dnl 3) No internationalization, always use English msgid.
-dnl    Catalog format: none
-dnl    Catalog extension: none
-dnl The use of .gmo is historical (it was needed to avoid overwriting the
-dnl GNU format catalogs when building on a platform with an X/Open gettext),
-dnl but we keep it in order not to force irrelevant filename changes on the
-dnl maintainers.
-dnl
-AC_DEFUN([AM_WITH_NLS],
-  [AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether NLS is requested])
-    dnl Default is enabled NLS
-    AC_ARG_ENABLE(nls,
-      [  --disable-nls           do not use Native Language Support],
-      USE_NLS=$enableval, USE_NLS=yes)
-    AC_MSG_RESULT($USE_NLS)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_NLS)
-
-    BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=no
-    INTLLIBS=
-
-    dnl If we use NLS figure out what method
-    if test "$USE_NLS" = "yes"; then
-      AC_DEFINE(ENABLE_NLS, 1,
-        [Define to 1 if translation of program messages to the user's native language
-   is requested.])
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether included gettext is requested])
-      AC_ARG_WITH(included-gettext,
-        [  --with-included-gettext use the GNU gettext library included here],
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=$withval,
-        nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext=no)
-      AC_MSG_RESULT($nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext)
-
-      nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext="$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext"
-      if test "$nls_cv_force_use_gnu_gettext" != "yes"; then
-        dnl User does not insist on using GNU NLS library.  Figure out what
-        dnl to use.  If GNU gettext is available we use this.  Else we have
-        dnl to fall back to GNU NLS library.
-	CATOBJEXT=NONE
-
-        dnl Add a version number to the cache macros.
-        define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libc])
-        define(gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl, [gt_cv_func_gnugettext]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, 2, 1)[_libintl])
-
-	AC_CHECK_HEADER(libintl.h,
-	  [AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libc], gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc,
-	    [AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
-	       [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-	       gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=yes,
-	       gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc=no)])
-
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" != "yes"; then
-	     AC_CACHE_CHECK([for GNU gettext in libintl],
-	       gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl,
-	       [gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-		LIBS="$LIBS -lintl $LIBICONV"
-		AC_TRY_LINK([#include <libintl.h>
-extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;],
-		  [bindtextdomain ("", "");
-return (int) gettext ("")]ifelse([$2], need-ngettext, [ + (int) ngettext ("", "", 0)], [])[ + _nl_msg_cat_cntr],
-		  gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=yes,
-		  gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl=no)
-		LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"])
-	   fi
-
-	   dnl If an already present or preinstalled GNU gettext() is found,
-	   dnl use it.  But if this macro is used in GNU gettext, and GNU
-	   dnl gettext is already preinstalled in libintl, we update this
-	   dnl libintl.  (Cf. the install rule in intl/Makefile.in.)
-	   if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libc" = "yes" \
-	      || { test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes" \
-		   && test "$PACKAGE" != gettext; }; then
-	     AC_DEFINE(HAVE_GETTEXT, 1,
-               [Define if the GNU gettext() function is already present or preinstalled.])
-
-	     if test "$gt_cv_func_gnugettext_libintl" = "yes"; then
-	       dnl If iconv() is in a separate libiconv library, then anyone
-	       dnl linking with libintl{.a,.so} also needs to link with
-	       dnl libiconv.
-	       INTLLIBS="-lintl $LIBICONV"
-	     fi
-
-	     gt_save_LIBS="$LIBS"
-	     LIBS="$LIBS $INTLLIBS"
-	     AC_CHECK_FUNCS(dcgettext)
-	     LIBS="$gt_save_LIBS"
-
-	     dnl Search for GNU msgfmt in the PATH.
-	     AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-	       [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-	     AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-
-	     dnl Search for GNU xgettext in the PATH.
-	     AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-	       [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-
-	     CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-	   fi
-	])
-
-        if test "$CATOBJEXT" = "NONE"; then
-	  dnl GNU gettext is not found in the C library.
-	  dnl Fall back on GNU gettext library.
-	  nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext=yes
-        fi
-      fi
-
-      if test "$nls_cv_use_gnu_gettext" = "yes"; then
-        dnl Mark actions used to generate GNU NLS library.
-        INTLOBJS="\$(GETTOBJS)"
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(MSGFMT, msgfmt,
-	  [$ac_dir/$ac_word --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-        AC_PATH_PROG(GMSGFMT, gmsgfmt, $MSGFMT)
-        AM_PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST(XGETTEXT, xgettext,
-	  [$ac_dir/$ac_word --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1], :)
-        AC_SUBST(MSGFMT)
-	BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-	USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-        CATOBJEXT=.gmo
-	INTLLIBS="ifelse([$3],[],\$(top_builddir)/intl,[$3])/libintl.ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])a $LIBICONV"
-	LIBS=`echo " $LIBS " | sed -e 's/ -lintl / /' -e 's/^ //' -e 's/ $//'`
-      fi
-
-      dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU msgfmt.
-      if test "$GMSGFMT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU msgfmt we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $GMSGFMT --statistics /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found msgfmt program is not GNU msgfmt; ignore it])
-	  GMSGFMT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      dnl This could go away some day; the PATH_PROG_WITH_TEST already does it.
-      dnl Test whether we really found GNU xgettext.
-      if test "$XGETTEXT" != ":"; then
-	dnl If it is no GNU xgettext we define it as : so that the
-	dnl Makefiles still can work.
-	if $XGETTEXT --omit-header /dev/null >/dev/null 2>&1; then
-	  : ;
-	else
-	  AC_MSG_RESULT(
-	    [found xgettext program is not GNU xgettext; ignore it])
-	  XGETTEXT=":"
-	fi
-      fi
-
-      dnl We need to process the po/ directory.
-      POSUB=po
-    fi
-    AC_OUTPUT_COMMANDS(
-     [for ac_file in $CONFIG_FILES; do
-        # Support "outfile[:infile[:infile...]]"
-        case "$ac_file" in
-          *:*) ac_file=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%:.*%%'` ;;
-        esac
-        # PO directories have a Makefile.in generated from Makefile.in.in.
-        case "$ac_file" in */Makefile.in)
-          # Adjust a relative srcdir.
-          ac_dir=`echo "$ac_file"|sed 's%/[^/][^/]*$%%'`
-          ac_dir_suffix="/`echo "$ac_dir"|sed 's%^\./%%'`"
-          ac_dots=`echo "$ac_dir_suffix"|sed 's%/[^/]*%../%g'`
-          # In autoconf-2.13 it is called $ac_given_srcdir.
-          # In autoconf-2.50 it is called $srcdir.
-          test -n "$ac_given_srcdir" || ac_given_srcdir="$srcdir"
-          case "$ac_given_srcdir" in
-            .)  top_srcdir=`echo $ac_dots|sed 's%/$%%'` ;;
-            /*) top_srcdir="$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-            *)  top_srcdir="$ac_dots$ac_given_srcdir" ;;
-          esac
-          if test -f "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in"; then
-            rm -f "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-            test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/POTFILES" || echo "creating $ac_dir/POTFILES"
-            sed -e "/^#/d" -e "/^[ 	]*\$/d" -e "s,.*,     $top_srcdir/& \\\\," -e "\$s/\(.*\) \\\\/\1/" < "$ac_given_srcdir/$ac_dir/POTFILES.in" > "$ac_dir/POTFILES"
-            test -n "$as_me" && echo "$as_me: creating $ac_dir/Makefile" || echo "creating $ac_dir/Makefile"
-            sed -e "/POTFILES =/r $ac_dir/POTFILES" "$ac_dir/Makefile.in" > "$ac_dir/Makefile"
-          fi
-          ;;
-        esac
-      done])
-
-
-    dnl If this is used in GNU gettext we have to set BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL
-    dnl to 'yes' because some of the testsuite requires it.
-    if test "$PACKAGE" = gettext; then
-      BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL=yes
-    fi
-
-    dnl intl/plural.c is generated from intl/plural.y. It requires bison,
-    dnl because plural.y uses bison specific features. It requires at least
-    dnl bison-1.26 because earlier versions generate a plural.c that doesn't
-    dnl compile.
-    dnl bison is only needed for the maintainer (who touches plural.y). But in
-    dnl order to avoid separate Makefiles or --enable-maintainer-mode, we put
-    dnl the rule in general Makefile. Now, some people carelessly touch the
-    dnl files or have a broken "make" program, hence the plural.c rule will
-    dnl sometimes fire. To avoid an error, defines BISON to ":" if it is not
-    dnl present or too old.
-    AC_CHECK_PROGS([INTLBISON], [bison])
-    if test -z "$INTLBISON"; then
-      ac_verc_fail=yes
-    else
-      dnl Found it, now check the version.
-      AC_MSG_CHECKING([version of bison])
-changequote(<<,>>)dnl
-      ac_prog_version=`$INTLBISON --version 2>&1 | sed -n 's/^.*GNU Bison .* \([0-9]*\.[0-9.]*\).*$/\1/p'`
-      case $ac_prog_version in
-        '') ac_prog_version="v. ?.??, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-        1.2[6-9]* | 1.[3-9][0-9]* | [2-9].*)
-changequote([,])dnl
-           ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, ok"; ac_verc_fail=no;;
-        *) ac_prog_version="$ac_prog_version, bad"; ac_verc_fail=yes;;
-      esac
-      AC_MSG_RESULT([$ac_prog_version])
-    fi
-    if test $ac_verc_fail = yes; then
-      INTLBISON=:
-    fi
-
-    dnl These rules are solely for the distribution goal.  While doing this
-    dnl we only have to keep exactly one list of the available catalogs
-    dnl in configure.in.
-    for lang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-      GMOFILES="$GMOFILES $lang.gmo"
-      POFILES="$POFILES $lang.po"
-    done
-
-    dnl Make all variables we use known to autoconf.
-    AC_SUBST(BUILD_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(USE_INCLUDED_LIBINTL)
-    AC_SUBST(CATALOGS)
-    AC_SUBST(CATOBJEXT)
-    AC_SUBST(GMOFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLLIBS)
-    AC_SUBST(INTLOBJS)
-    AC_SUBST(POFILES)
-    AC_SUBST(POSUB)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some configure.ins may be using this.
-    nls_cv_header_intl=
-    nls_cv_header_libgt=
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    DATADIRNAME=share
-    AC_SUBST(DATADIRNAME)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    INSTOBJEXT=.mo
-    AC_SUBST(INSTOBJEXT)
-
-    dnl For backward compatibility. Some Makefiles may be using this.
-    GENCAT=gencat
-    AC_SUBST(GENCAT)
-  ])
-
-dnl Usage: Just like AM_WITH_NLS, which see.
-AC_DEFUN([AM_GNU_GETTEXT],
-  [AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_MAKE_SET])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_CC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_CANONICAL_HOST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_PROG_RANLIB])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_ISC_POSIX])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_HEADER_STDC])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_CONST])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_C_INLINE])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_OFF_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_TYPE_SIZE_T])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_ALLOCA])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([AC_FUNC_MMAP])dnl
-   AC_REQUIRE([jm_GLIBC21])dnl
-
-   AC_CHECK_HEADERS([argz.h limits.h locale.h nl_types.h malloc.h stddef.h \
-stdlib.h string.h unistd.h sys/param.h])
-   AC_CHECK_FUNCS([feof_unlocked fgets_unlocked getcwd getegid geteuid \
-getgid getuid mempcpy munmap putenv setenv setlocale stpcpy strchr strcasecmp \
-strdup strtoul tsearch __argz_count __argz_stringify __argz_next])
-
-   AM_ICONV
-   AM_LANGINFO_CODESET
-   AM_LC_MESSAGES
-   AM_WITH_NLS([$1],[$2],[$3])
-
-   if test "x$CATOBJEXT" != "x"; then
-     if test "x$ALL_LINGUAS" = "x"; then
-       LINGUAS=
-     else
-       AC_MSG_CHECKING(for catalogs to be installed)
-       NEW_LINGUAS=
-       for presentlang in $ALL_LINGUAS; do
-         useit=no
-         for desiredlang in ${LINGUAS-$ALL_LINGUAS}; do
-           # Use the presentlang catalog if desiredlang is
-           #   a. equal to presentlang, or
-           #   b. a variant of presentlang (because in this case,
-           #      presentlang can be used as a fallback for messages
-           #      which are not translated in the desiredlang catalog).
-           case "$desiredlang" in
-             "$presentlang"*) useit=yes;;
-           esac
-         done
-         if test $useit = yes; then
-           NEW_LINGUAS="$NEW_LINGUAS $presentlang"
-         fi
-       done
-       LINGUAS=$NEW_LINGUAS
-       AC_MSG_RESULT($LINGUAS)
-     fi
-
-     dnl Construct list of names of catalog files to be constructed.
-     if test -n "$LINGUAS"; then
-       for lang in $LINGUAS; do CATALOGS="$CATALOGS $lang$CATOBJEXT"; done
-     fi
-   fi
-
-   dnl If the AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR macro for autoconf is used we possibly
-   dnl find the mkinstalldirs script in another subdir but $(top_srcdir).
-   dnl Try to locate is.
-   MKINSTALLDIRS=
-   if test -n "$ac_aux_dir"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="$ac_aux_dir/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   if test -z "$MKINSTALLDIRS"; then
-     MKINSTALLDIRS="\$(top_srcdir)/mkinstalldirs"
-   fi
-   AC_SUBST(MKINSTALLDIRS)
-
-   dnl Enable libtool support if the surrounding package wishes it.
-   INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX=ifelse([$1], use-libtool, [l], [])
-   AC_SUBST(INTL_LIBTOOL_SUFFIX_PREFIX)
-  ])

m4/inttypes.m4

@@ -1,32 +0,0 @@
-#serial 6
-
-dnl From Paul Eggert.
-
-AC_PREREQ(2.52)
-
-# Define intmax_t to long or long long if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_INTMAX_T],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_CHECK_TYPE(intmax_t, ,
-    [test $ac_cv_type_long_long = yes \
-       && ac_type='long long' \
-       || ac_type='long'
-     AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(intmax_t, $ac_type,
-       [Define to widest signed type if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.])])
-])
-
-# Define uintmax_t to unsigned long or unsigned long long
-# if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.
-
-AC_DEFUN([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T],
-[
-  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_CHECK_TYPE(uintmax_t, ,
-    [test $ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long = yes \
-       && ac_type='unsigned long long' \
-       || ac_type='unsigned long'
-     AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED(uintmax_t, $ac_type,
-       [Define to widest unsigned type if <inttypes.h> doesn't define.])])
-])